Acura MDX 2016 SUV Owner's Manual PDF
Summary of Content for Acura MDX 2016 SUV Owner's Manual PDF
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 0
California Proposition 65 Warning
Event Data Recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened; How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and, How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
WARNING: This product contains or emits chemicals known to the state of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
00X31-TZ5-6220 2016 MDX Ow
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
ner's Manual - Ver.3 BOM02770
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 1
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including:
Safety Labels - on the vehicle. Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean:
Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully.
3DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you dont follow instructions.
3WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you dont follow instructions.
3CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you dont follow instructions.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 2
Contents
This owners manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owners manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model.
Images throughout this owners manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features.
This owners manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 27 For Safe Driving P. 28 Seat Belts P. 33 Airbags P. 41
2 Instrument Panel P. 71 Indicators P. 72 Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID) P. 110
2 Controls P. 127 Clock P. 128 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 129 Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 154 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
2 Features P. 213 Audio System P. 214 Audio System Basic Operation P. 218 Customized Features P. 263 HomeLink Universal Transceiver P. 282
2 Driving P. 321 Before Driving P. 322 Towing a Trailer P. 327 Parking Your Vehicle P. 425 Multi-View Rear Camera* P. 434
2 Maintenance P. 439 Before Performing Maintenance P. 440 Maintenance MinderTM P. 443 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 465 Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care* P. 482
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 491 Tools P. 492 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 493 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 519 Fuses P. 523 When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 533
2 Information P. 535 Specifications P. 536 Identification Numbers P. 538 Emissions Testing P. 541 Warranty Coverages P. 543
Contents
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 3
Child Safety P. 56 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 68 Safety Labels P. 69
Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 142 Security System P. 149 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 152 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 155 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 172 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 186 Climate Control System P. 200
Audio Error Messages P. 254 General Information on the Audio System P. 259 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 284 Compass* P. 318
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 338 When Driving P. 340 Braking P. 412 Refueling P. 435 Fuel Economy P. 437 Accessories and Modifications P. 438
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 447 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 459 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 469 Battery P. 478 Remote Transmitter Care P. 480 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 484 Cleaning P. 485
Engine Does Not Start P. 512 Jump Starting P. 515 Overheating P. 517 Emergency Towing P. 531 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 532
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 539 Reporting Safety Defects P. 540 Authorized Manuals P. 545 Client Service Information P. 546
Quick Reference Guide P. 4
Safe Driving P. 27
Instrument Panel P. 71
Controls P. 127
Features P. 213
Driving P. 321
Maintenance P. 439
Handling the Unexpected P. 491
Information P. 535
Index P. 547
4
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 4
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
Steering Wheel Adjustments (P171)
ENGINE START/STOP Button (P155)
Navigation System* () See the Navigation System Manual
Audio/Information Screen (P225)
Hazard Warning Button On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM (P219)
Audio System (P214)
System Indicators (P72)
Gauges (P110)
Multi-Information Display (MID) (P111)
Climate Control System (P200)
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button (P168)
(Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System OFF) Button (P403)
Parking Sensor System Button* (P427)
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button* (P419)
Headlight Washer Button* (P166)
(Surround View Camera) Button* () See the Navigation System Manual
Canadian models
Heated Windshield Button* (P168)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button* (P391)
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Button* (P386)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 5
Wipers/Washers (P163)
Audio Remote Controls (P217)
Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P354)
Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P354)
Horn (Press an area around .)
Navigation System Voice Control Buttons* () See the Navigation System Manual
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink System Voice Control Buttons (P284)
Brightness Control (P167)
Cruise Control Buttons* (P360)
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons* (P365)
TRIP Button (P112)
Distance Button* (P374)
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button* (P396)
Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls (P111)
Heated Steering Wheel Button* (P196)
Headlights/Turn Signals (P158, 159)
Fog Lights* (P162)
* Not available on all models
Visual Index
6
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 6
Power Window Switches (P152)
Hood Release Handle (P448)
Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box (P526)
Drivers Knee Airbag (P48)
Memory Buttons (P170)
SET Button (P170)
Shift Button Electronic Gear Selector (P347)
USB Port (P215)
Rearview Mirror (P172)
Drivers Front Airbag (P44)
Parking Brake (P412)
Accessory Power Socket (P193)
Passengers Side Interior Fuse Box (P528)
Glove Box (P188)
Door Mirror Controls (P173)
Power Door Lock Master Switch (P140)
Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box* (P527)
Passengers Front Airbag (P44)
Power Tailgate Button (P146)
Fuel Fill Door Release Button (P436)
IDS Button (P359)
Accessory Power Socket (P193)
Auxiliary Input Jack (P215)
Auto Idle Stop OFF Button* (P355)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 7
Side Curtain Airbags (P52)
Grab Handle
Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor (P38)
Accessory Power Socket (P194)
Side Airbags (P50)
Map Lights (P187)
Seat Belts (P36)
Front Seat (P175)
Moonroof Switch (P154)
Sunglasses Holder (P196)
Sun Visors
Vanity Mirrors
LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P61)
Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P63)
Third Row Seat (P184)
Second Row Seat (P176)
AC Power Outlet* (P194)
Coat Hook (P195)
HDMI Jack* () See the Navigation System Manual
Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P63)
Cargo Area Light (P187)
* Not available on all models
Visual Index
8
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 8
How to Refuel (P436)
High-Mount Brake Light (P464)
Opening/Closing the Tailgate (P143)
Back-Up Lights (P463)
Multi-View Rear Camera* (P434)
Tailgate Outer Handle (P143)
Rear Side Marker Lights (P462)
Taillights (P462)
Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Lights (P461)
Rear Wiper (P165)
Maintenance Under the Hood (P447)
Windshield Wipers (P163, 465)
Tires (P469, 493)
Door Lock/Unlock Control (P131)
Power Door Mirrors (P173)
Headlights (P159, 459)
Side Marker Lights (P159, 460)
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights (P158, 460)
Fog Lights* (P459)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 9
Auto Idle Stop Function*
To improve fuel economy, the engine stops and then restarts as detailed below. When Auto Idle Stop is on, the Auto Idle Stop indicator (green) comes on. (P355)
At Automatic transmission Engine status
Deceleration Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal.
Stop Keep the brake pedal depressed.
Start-up Release the brake pedal.
On
Off
Restarting
* Not available on all models
10
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 10
Safe Driving (P27)
Airbags (P41)
Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety (P56)
All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat. Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard (P68)
Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist (P32)
Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts (P33)
Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat.
Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as low as possible.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 11
Instrument Panel (P71)
System Indicators
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Charging System Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator
VSA OFF Indicator
Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Immobilizer System Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder Indicator
System Indicators
System Message Indicator
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red)
Supplemental Restraint System Indicator
Low Fuel Indicator
Gauges (P110)/Multi-Information Display (MID) (P111)/System Indicators (P72)
Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators
Keyless Access System Indicator
Temperature Gauge
Security System Alarm Indicator Fuel Gauge
Tachometer
MID
Speedometer
Gear Position Indicator M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator
Brake System Indicator (Amber)
SH-AWD Indicator*
Blind Spot Information (BSI) Indicator*
System Indicators
Forward Collision Warning Indicator*/Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator*
Lane Departure Warning Indicator*/Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator*
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator*
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator*
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
Fog Light Indicator*
Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)*
Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)*
* Not available on all models
12
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 12
Controls (P127)
Clock (P128)
a Enter the Clock Adjustment screen. 2 Adjusting the Clock (P128)
b Rotate to change hour, then press .
c Rotate to change minute, then press .
The navigation system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the clock automatically.
Models with navigation system
ENGINE START/STOP Button (P155)
Press the button to change the vehicles power mode.
Turn Signals (P158)
Lights (P159)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 13
Wipers and Washers (P163)
*1:Models with automatic intermittent wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent wipers
AUTO should always be turned OFF before cleaning the windshield or driving through a car wash.
Wiper/Washer Control Lever MIST OFF AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically INT*2: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward you to spray washer fluid.
Adjustment Ring : Low Sensitivity*1
: Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2
: High Sensitivity*1
: Higher speed, more sweeps*2
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
Steering Wheel (P171)
To adjust, push and hold the adjustment switch to move the steering wheel to the desired position.
Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside (P139)
Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it at the same time.
Tailgate (P143, 144)
Press the tailgate outer handle to unlock and open the tailgate when you carry the keyless access remote.
Press the power tailgate button on the drivers door or the remote transmitter to open and close the power tailgate.
Tailgate Outer Handle
13
14
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 14
Power Door Mirrors (P173)
With the power mode in ON, move the selector switch to L or R.
Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Press the folding button* to fold in and out the door mirrors.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding Button*
Power Windows (P152)
With the power mode in ON, open and close the power windows.
If the power window lock button is in the off position, each passengers window can be opened and closed with its own switch.
If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator is on), each passengers window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 15
Climate Control System (P200)
Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. Press the button to turn the system on or off. Press the button to defrost the windshield.
The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for complete details.
Models with navigation system
Drivers Side Temperature Control Switch
Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard vents.
AUTO Button
Passengers Side Temperature Control Switch
(On/Off) Button
Drivers Side Temperature Icon
Passengers Side Temperature Icon
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
(Windshield Defroster) Button
A/C (Air Conditioning) and SYNC (Synchronized) Icon
Recirculation/ Fresh Air Mode Icon
Fan Control Icon
REAR (Rear Climate Control) IconVent Mode
Control Icon
Rear Climate Control (P211) Press the AUTO button to activate the
rear climate control system. Press the button to turn the system
on or off.
Rear Temperature Control Buttons
/ (Fan Control) Button
AUTO Button
(On/Off) Button
Mode Control Button
Air flows from the rear floor vents.
Air flow from the rear console vents and floor vents.
Air flows from the rear console vents.
* Not available on all models
16
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 16
Features (P213)
Audio system (P214) Image shown is for models without navigation system. For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual
*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.
Audio/Information Screen
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
(Power) Button
CD Slot
(CD Eject) Button
SETTINGS Button
VOL (Volume) Knob
BACK Button MENU Button
AUDIO Button
INFO Button
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
PHONE Button
(Tune Down) Icon*1
(Skip/Seek) Icon*1
Audio Source*1
(Skip/Seek) Icon*1
Presets*1
(Tune Up) Icon*1
More*1
Button
Shortcuts*1
(Sound) Icon
Scan*1
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 17
Audio Remote Controls (P217)
SOURCE Button Press and release to change the audio mode: FM/AM/SiriusXM/CD/USB/iPod/ Bluetooth Audio/Pandora/AhaTM/AUX.
Left Selector Wheel Roll to adjust the volume up/down. Radio:Shift to a side to change the preset
station. Shift to a side and hold to select the next or previous strong station.
CD/USB device: Shift to a side to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current song. Shift to a side and hold to change a folder.
Left Selector Wheel
SOURCE Button
17
18
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 18
Driving (P321)
Automatic Transmission (P347)
Always depress the brake pedal before selecting (P or changing the gear position from (P. Select (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
Park Press the (P button. Used when parking or before turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked.
Reverse Pull back the (R button. Used when reversing.
Neutral Press the (N button. Transmission is not locked.
Drive Press the (D button. Used for normal driving. D-paddle shift mode can be used.
Gear Position Indicator The gear position indicator and the shift button indicator indicate the current gear selection.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Button Indicator
Gear selection
S Position Press the (D button twice. Sequential shift mode can be used.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 19
Paddle Shifters (P354) Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual
transmission (1st through 9th). This is useful for engine braking. D-paddle shift mode: The
transmission will shift back to automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising.
Sequential mode gear selection: Holds the selected gear, and the M (sequential mode) indicator comes on.
The sequential mode gear selection is shown in the instrument panel.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Down (- Paddle Shifter
Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter
Selected Gear Number
M Indicator
19
20
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 20
VSA OFF Button (P403)
The vehicle stability assist (VSA) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering, and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces.
VSA comes on automatically every time you start the engine.
To turn VSA on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.
Cruise Control* (P360)
Cruise control allows you to maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.
To use cruise control, press the CRUISE*/ MAIN* button, then press the RES/+/SET/ switch once you have achieved the desired speed (above 25 mph or 40 km/h).
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button* (P419)
When a possible collision is likely unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to reduce the vehicle speed and the severity of the collision.
To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P408, 522)
The TPMS monitors tire pressure. TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine. TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual guidance during tire pressure adjustment.
Refueling (P435)
a Press the fuel fill door release button.
b Turn the fuel fill cap slowly to remove the cap.
c Place the cap in the holder on the fuel fill door.
d After refueling, screw the cap back on until it clicks at least once.
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline with a pump octane number 91 or higher recommended
Fuel tank capacity: 19.5 US gal (73.8 )
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 21
Maintenance (P439)
Under the Hood (P447)
Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid. Add when necessary.
Check brake fluid. Check the battery condition monthly.
a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard.
b Locate the hood latch lever, pull the lever up, and lift up the hood.
c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place.
Lights (P459)
Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades (P465)
Replace blades if they leave streaks across the windshield.
Tires (P469)
Inspect tires and wheels regularly. Check tire pressures regularly. Install snow tires for winter
driving.
* Not available on all models
22
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 22
Handling the Unexpected (P491)
Flat Tire (P493)
Park in a safe location and repair the flat tire using the tire repair kit.
Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire located under the cargo area.
Indicators Come On (P519)
Identify the indicator and consult the owners manual.
Vehicles with tire repair kit
Vehicles with compact spare tire
Engine Wont Start (P512)
If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery.
Blown Fuse (P523)
Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate.
Overheating (P517)
Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing (P531)
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 23
What to Do If
The power mode does not change from VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to ACCESSORY. Why?
The steering wheel may be locked. Move the steering wheel left and right
while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal.
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the lock position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, push the lever to the unlock position.
Canadian models
23
24
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 24
Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors using a remote transmitter?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper sound when I open the drivers door?
The beeper sounds when: The exterior lights are left on. The power mode is in ACCESSORY. Auto Idle Stop* is in operation.
Why does the beeper sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when: Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts. The parking brake lever is not fully released.
Why does the beeper sound when I turn the engine off?
The beeper sounds when you turn off the engine with the drivers door open.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 25
Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Why does the gear position automatically change to (P when I open the drivers door to check for parking space lines when reversing?
Fasten the drivers seat belt. Close the drivers door and manually change the gear
position. uWhen turning off the power mode (P350)
Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Is it possible to use unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 87 or higher on this vehicle?
Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
* Not available on all models
26
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 26
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 27
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions.............. 28 Important Handling Information......... 30 Your Vehicles Safety Features............ 31
Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts ........................ 33 Fastening a Seat Belt .......................... 36 Seat Belt Inspection............................ 40
Airbags Airbag System Components............... 41 Types of Airbags ................................ 44 Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 44 Drivers Knee Airbag .......................... 48 Side Airbags....................................... 50 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 52 Airbag System Indicators.................... 53 Airbag Care ....................................... 55
Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers ............... 56 Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 58 Safety of Larger Children ................... 66
Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 68
Safety Labels Label Locations .................................. 69
27
28
Safe D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 28
For Safe Driving
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving.
The following pages explain your vehicles safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important.
Important Safety Precautions Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat.
Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Dont drink and drive Alcohol and driving dont mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So dont drink and drive, and dont let your friends drink and drive, either.
uuFor Safe Drivingu Important Safety Precautions Safe D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 29
Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving.
Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
29
30
uuFor Safe Drivingu Important Handling Information
Safe D rivin
g
1Important Handling Information
For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover, read:
2 Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle P. 345
2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 338 Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 30
Important Handling Information Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier.
These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tripping or roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicles Safety Features Safe D
rivin g
1Your Vehicles Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 31
Your Vehicles Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers.
6
7
8
9
10
12
Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column Seat Belts Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags Door Locks
Side Airbags
11
Seat Belt Tensioners/Seat Belt e-pretensioners*
6
7
8
9
9
10
11
11
12
7
Knee Airbag
10
31Continued* Not available on all models
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicles Safety Features
32
Safe D rivin
g
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or tailgate open message appears on the multi-information display (MID), a door and/or the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors and the tailgate tightly until the message disappears.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 32
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 138
Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 178
Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36
Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a childs age, height and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 56
Safety Checklist
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 33
Seat Belts
rivin g
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts.
The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow the belt to extend fully without locking.
3WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly.
About Your Seat Belts Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers
Lap/shoulder seat belts All seven seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body. The front passengers, second row and third row seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 63
33Continued
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
34
Safe D rivin
g
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passengers seat, the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not sound. The indicator also may not come on and the beeper may not sound when the occupant is not heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 34
Proper use of seat belts Follow these guidelines for proper use: All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash.
Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If the power mode is set to ON before the drivers seat belt is fastened, the beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver does not fasten the belt before the beeper stops, the indicator will remain on.
The beeper will also periodically sound and the indicator will blink while driving until the drivers and front passengers seat belts are fastened.
Seat Belt Reminder
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts Safe D
rivin g
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
1Seat Belt e-pretensioners*
If only the e-pretensioners were activated, no components need to be replaced.
The e-pretensioners may not work if: A warning message for e-pretensioners appears on
multi-information display. Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator is
on.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 35
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags or the drivers knee airbag.
Are the motor-powered pretensioners that start to retract the front seat belts when the CMBSTM, brake assist system, or VSA system is in operation. They may also activate when you steer the vehicle hard, or the vehicle is impacted. After retracted, the seat belts are slackened to their original positions. As convenient features, the e-pretensioners slightly retract the seat belts when you latch the seat belt buckle, depress the brake pedal more aggressively than you normally do, or make a sharp turn, and fully retract when you release the seat belt buckle.
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
Seat Belt e-pretensioners*
35* Not available on all models
36
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe D rivin
g
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 36
Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
When you or the front passenger insert the latch plate into the buckle, the front seat belt retracts automatically.
2 Seat Belt e-pretensioners* P. 35
Pull out slowly.
Correct Seated Posture.
Latch Plate
Buckle Models with CMBSTM
* Not available on all models
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D
rivin g
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of the way and will not get caught by closing the door.
3WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving.
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 37
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder.
Lap belt as low as possible
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
Push
Continued 37
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
38
Safe D rivin
g
1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
3WARNING Using the seat belt with the detachable anchor unlatched increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash.
Before using the seat belt, make sure the detachable anchor is correctly latched.
Small Latch Plate
Latch Plate
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 38
1. Pull out the seat belts small latch plate and the latch plate from each holding slot in the ceiling.
2. Line up the triangle marks on the small latch plate and anchor buckle. Make sure the seat belt is not twisted. Attach the belt to the anchor buckle.
3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle. Properly fasten the seat belt the same way you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.
Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
Small Latch Plate
Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate
Anchor Buckle
Latch Plate
Buckle
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D
rivin g
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle.
When sitting in the front passengers seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 39
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.
Advice for Pregnant Women
Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.
39
40
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe D rivin
g
1Seat Belt Inspection
3WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 40
Seat Belt Inspection Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 41
Airbags
rivin g
6
9
12
Airbag System Components
13
7
810119
9
9
6
9
41Continued
42
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 42
The front, drivers knee, front side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover. The airbag system includes:
aTwo SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags. The drivers airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passengers airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.
bDrivers knee airbag. The knee airbag is stored under the steering column. It is marked SRS AIRBAG.
cTwo side airbags, one for the driver and one for a front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges of the seat- backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
dTwo side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
eAn electronic control unit that continually monitors and can record information about the sensors, the airbag activators, the seat belt tensioners, and driver and front passenger seat belt use when the power mode is in ON.
fAutomatic front seat belt tensioners. The drivers and front passengers seat belts incorporate sensors that detect whether or not they are fastened.
The front seat belt tensioners also include the e-pretensioners.
gA drivers seat position sensor. If the seat is too far forward, the airbag will inflate with less force.
hWeight sensors in the front passengers seat. The front passengers airbag will be turned off if the weight on the seat is 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant or small child).
Models with CMBSTM
i Impact sensors that can detect a moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
jAn indicator on the dashboard that alerts you that the front passengers front airbag has been turned off.
kAn indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
lSafing Sensor
mA rollover sensor that detects whether the vehicle is about to roll over.
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Safe D
rivin g
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 43
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front and drivers knee airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
Important Facts About Your Airbags
43
44
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags (SRS) Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiple- threshold front airbags (SRS). During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the severity of the crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/ or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 44
Types of Airbags Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags: Front airbags: Airbags in front of the drivers and front passengers seats. Drivers knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column. Side airbags: Airbags in the drivers and front passengers seat-backs. Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS) The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupants primary restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
Housing Locations
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D
rivin g
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the drivers and front passengers airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 45
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that they wont interfere with the drivers visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
Operation
How the Front Airbags Work
Continued 45
46
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 46
When front airbags should not deploy Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: Seat belts, and in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags, and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a rollover. When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D
rivin g
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the drivers seat position sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the drivers seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly: Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats. Do not put any object under the passengers seat. Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat belts properly.
Do not place any cover over the passenger side dashboard.
Make sure the floor mat behind the front passengers seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 486
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 47
Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants.
The drivers advanced front airbag system includes a seat position sensor.
If the seat is too far forward, the airbag inflates with less force, regardless of the severity of the impact.
The passengers advanced front airbag system has weight sensors.
Although we recommend against carrying an infant or small child in front, if the sensors detect the weight of a child (up to about 65 lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically turn off the passengers front airbag.
Advanced Airbags
Drivers Seat Position Sensor
Passengers Seat Weight Sensors
47
48
uuAirbagsuDrivers Knee Airbag
Safe D rivin
g
1Drivers Knee Airbag
Do not attach accessories on or near the drivers knee airbag. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbag, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 48
Drivers Knee Airbag The drivers knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by the vehicles other safety features.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupants primary restraint system.
The drivers knee airbag is housed under the steering column for the driver.
The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.
When the drivers front airbag inflates, the drivers knee airbag also inflates.
Housing Locations
Housing Location
Operation
When inflated
Knee Airbag
uuAirbagsuDrivers Knee Airbag Safe D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 49
When drivers knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
When drivers knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.
49
50
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
1Side Airbags
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 50
Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the drivers and passengers seat- backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to- severe side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate.
Housing Locations
Housing Location
Operation
When inflated
Side Airbag
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags Safe D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 51
When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicles framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag.
When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicles crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
51
52
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt tensioners.
The airbag on the passengers side will deploy, even if there are no passengers on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 52
Side Curtain Airbags Side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side impact.
Housing Locations
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators Safe D
rivin g
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3WARNING Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 53
When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision. In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.
Airbag System Indicators If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the MID.
When the power mode is set to ON The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you dont, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
Continued 53
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
54
Safe D rivin
g
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and no objects on the passengers seat, or with an adult riding there, something may be interfering with the weight sensors, such as: An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket. A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back. A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passengers seat. The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
an object on the seat or floor behind it. An object placed under the front passengers seat.
If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 54
When the passenger airbag off indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the passengers front airbag has been turned off. This occurs when the front passengers weight sensors detect 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant or small child, on the seat.
Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. 2 Child Safety P. 56
Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.
If the front passenger seat is empty, the passengers front airbag will not deploy and the indicator will not come on.
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
U.S. Canada
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care Safe D
rivin g
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbag, tensioners, sensors, and control unit.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 55
Airbag Care You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
When the airbags have deployed If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced.
When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the drivers seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passengers seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable the drivers seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the passengers seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer. For U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1- 888-9-ACURA-9.
55
56
Safe D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 56
Child Safety
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws restricting where children may ride.
3WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
Protecting Child Passengers Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the drivers ability to safely control the vehicle.
Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat.
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers Safe D
rivin g
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passengers front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle warning came with a label on the dashboard (U.S. models) and has labels on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 69
3WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 57
Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision.
Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash.
Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
57
58
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe D rivin
g
1Protecting Infants
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturers instructions before installation.
3WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the rear seat, not the front.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 58
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the infant reaches the seat manufacturers weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is at least one year old.
Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passengers advanced front airbag system.
2 Airbags P. 41
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passengers seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
Protecting Infants
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturers instructions.
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if the childs height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
3WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 59
If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward-facing child seat.
Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forward- facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passengers front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child.
Protecting Smaller Children
Continued 59
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
60
Safe D rivin
g
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 60
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturers use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your childs safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owners manual for proper installation instructions.
Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
Selecting a Child Seat
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 61
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in the second row seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object.
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Marks
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
61Continued
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
62
Safe D rivin
g
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your childs safety, when using a child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 62
3. Put the outer head restraint to its upper- most position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook onto the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
3. Put the center head restraint to its lowest position, then route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint and secure the tether strap hook onto the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.
5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt.
6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56
Flexible Type
Outer positions
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Center position
All positions
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 63
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat. 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturers instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into the retractor, then try to pull it out to make sure the retractor is locked. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 3 4.
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat.
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
Continued 63
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
64
Safe D rivin
g
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
1Adding Security with a Tether
Since a tether can provide additional security to the lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend using a tether whenever one is available.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 64
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56
A tether anchorage point is provided behind each second and third row seating position. A child seat that is installed with a seat belt and comes with a tether can use the tether for additional security.
Adding Security with a Tether
Tether Anchorage Points
Second row seat
Tether Anchorage Points
Third row seat
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 65
Using a second row anchor
1. Put the outer head restraint to its upper- most position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook onto the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
1. Put the center head restraint to its lowest position, then route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint and secure the tether strap hook onto the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.
Using a third row anchor 1. Pull up the head restraint and push
rearwards until it latches, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Open the anchor cover. 3. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor. 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Anchor
Second row seat
Tether Strap Hook Outer positions
Center position
All positions
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Third row seat
65
66
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe D rivin
g
1Safety of Larger Children
3WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in injury or death if the passengers front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 66
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions.
Checklist Do the childs knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat? Does the shoulder belt cross between the
childs neck and arm? Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the childs thighs? Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
Protecting Larger Children
Checking Seat Belt Fit
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children Safe D
rivin g
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly.
Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. six years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 67
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat in a rear seating position. For the childs safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturers recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual. Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly.
Booster Seats
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
67
68
Safe D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 68
Exhaust Gas Hazard
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine.
3WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide.
Carbon Monoxide Gas The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. The exhaust system may have been damaged. The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high. 4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 69
Safety Labels
Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
Safe D rivin
g
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement.
Sun Visor
U.S. models Canadian models
Radiator Cap
U.S. models
U.S. models only Dashboard
Canadian models
Doorjambs
U.S. models only
Sun Visor
69
70
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 70
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 71
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 72 Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages ............... 92
Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID) Gauges............................................ 110 MID ................................................. 111
71
72
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 72
Indicators
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off if the parking brake has been released.
Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released.
Comes on when the brake fluid level is low.
Comes on if there is a problem with the brake system.
The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on if you drive with the parking brake not fully released.
Comes on while driving - Make sure the parking brake is released. Check the brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 521
Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On P. 521
Brake System Indicator (Amber)
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with a system related to braking other than the conventional brake system.
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability.
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 73
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
Comes on while driving - Immediately stop in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On P. 519
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off either when the engine starts or after several seconds if the engine did not start. If readiness codes have not been set, it blinks five times before it goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with the emissions control systems.
Blinks when a misfire in the engines cylinders is detected.
Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics for the emissions control systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 541 Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place
where there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down. Then, take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks P. 520
Charging System Indicator
Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.
Comes on when the battery is not charging.
Comes on while driving - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger in order to reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 519
73Continued
74
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 74
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Gear Position Indicator
Indicates the current gear selection. 2 Shifting P. 347
M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator
Comes on when the manual sequential shift mode is applied.
2 Sequential Mode P. 353
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 75
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Transmission Indicator
The indicated current gear selection blinks if there is a problem with the transmission system.
Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and stop in a safe place immediately. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
All the gear positions may light for several seconds, and go off.
When all the gear positions light, immediately stop your vehicle in a safe place.
Indicators go off if there is no problem. However, even if they go off, take your vehicle to a dealer for inspection.
The indicated current gear selection or all the gear positions blink if there is a problem with the transmission system, and the vehicle no longer moves.
Immediately stop in a safe place. 2 Emergency Towing P. 531
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
The indicated current gear selection or all the gear positions blink if you cannot select (P due to the transmission system failure.
The engine can be activated as a temporary measure.
2 If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message P. 522
Set the parking brake when parking. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
75Continued
76
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 76
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Seat Belt Reminder Indicator
Comes on and the beeper sounds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you set the power mode to ON.
If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on about a few seconds later.
Blinks while driving if either you or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals.
The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts.
Stays on after you or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt - A detection error may have occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 34
Low Fuel Indicator
Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 2.5 U.S. gal./9.5 Liter left).
Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge.
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible.
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 77
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the ABS.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 414
Supplemental Restraint System Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system - Seat belt tensioner
Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
77Continued
78
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 78
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Blinks when VSA, or trailer stability assist is active.
Comes on if there is a problem with the VSA, hill start assist, trailer stability assist or brake lighting system.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 402
2 Trailer Stability Assist* P. 335 2 Hill start assist system P. 344
When Trailer Stability Assist Problem is displayed on the MID, the VSA does not activate.
VSA OFF Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on when you deactivate VSA.
2 VSA On and Off P. 403
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 79
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.
Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.
Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 521
Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if the tire pressure of any of the tires becomes significantly low.
Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or when a compact spare tire* is temporarily installed.
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary.
Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a compact spare, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can.
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators
Blinks when you operate the turn signal lever.
Blinks along with all turn signals if you press the hazard warning button.
Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn signal light bulb has blown. Change the bulb immediately.
2 Front Turn Signal/Front Side Marker/ Parking Light Bulbs P. 460
High Beam Indicator
Comes on when the high beam headlights are on.
79Continued* Not available on all models
80
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 80
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lights On Indicator
Comes on whenever the light switch is on, or in AUTO when the exterior lights are on.
If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the drivers door is opened.
Fog Light Indicator*
Comes on when the fog lights are on.
Immobilizer System Indicator
Comes on briefly when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information.
Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then select the ON mode again.
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur.
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 81
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Security System Alarm Indicator
Blinks when the security system alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 149
System Message Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the MID appears at the same time.
While the indicator is on, roll the multi- function steering wheel control to see the message again.
Refer to the Indicators information in this chapter when a system message appears on the MID. Take the appropriate action for the message.
The MID does not return to the normal screen unless the warning is canceled, or the multi- function steering-wheel controls is rolled.
CRUISE MAIN Indicator*
Comes on when you press the CRUISE button. 2 Cruise Control* P. 360
CRUISE CONTROL Indicator*
Comes on when you have set a speed for cruise control. 2 Cruise Control* P. 360
81Continued* Not available on all models
82
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 82
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Keyless Access System Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on as soon as a problem is detected in the keyless access system or keyless starting system.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Super Handling- All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) Indicator*
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with the SH-AWD system.
Blinks when the differential temperature is too high.
Stays on constantly - The engine drives the front wheels only in this state. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place, change to (P , and idle the engine until the indicator goes off. If the indicator does not stop blinking, take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* P. 407
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 83
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)*
Comes on when Auto Idle Stop is in operation. The engine automatically shuts off.
2 Auto Idle Stop* P. 355
Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)*
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Blinks if there is a problem with the Auto Idle Stop System.
Comes on when Auto Idle Stop System has been turned off by Auto Idle Stop OFF Button.
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
83Continued* Not available on all models
84
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 84
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on when you have customized FCW to turn off.
Comes on if there is a problem with the FCW system.
Stays on constantly without FCW off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Comes on when the FCW system shuts itself off.
Stays on - The temperature inside the system is too high. The system activates when the temperature inside the system cools down.
2 Automatic shutoff P. 381 2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Automatic shutoff P. 381 2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
Models with FCW
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 85
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with the LDW system.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Comes on when the LDW system shuts itself off.
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
Models with LDW
85Continued* Not available on all models
86
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 86
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with the RDM system.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Comes on when the RDM system shuts itself off.
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
Models with RDM
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 87
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Amber)*
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with ACC with LSF.
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Green)*
Comes on when you press the MAIN button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* P. 365
Comes on if anything covers the radar sensor cover and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front.
May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
ACC has been automatically canceled.
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.
87Continued* Not available on all models
88
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 88
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Green)*
Comes on when ACC with LSF is in operation, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. ACC with LSF cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down and the system activates normally.
Comes on when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 89
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber)*
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with the LKAS.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Green)*
Comes on when you press the MAIN button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* P. 394
Comes on when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down and the system activates normally.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
Comes on when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.
89Continued* Not available on all models
90
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 90
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Blind Spot Information (BSI) Indicator*
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Stays on while BSI is turned off.
Comes on when mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.
Comes on while driving - Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.
2 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System* P. 405
Comes on if there is a problem with the system.
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator*
Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on when you deactivate the CMBSTM. A multi-information display message appears for five seconds.
Comes on if there is a problem with the CMBSTM.
Stays on constantly without the CMBSTM off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 416
Models with CMBSTM
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 91
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator*
Comes on when the CMBSTM system shuts itself off.
Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 416
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
Models with CMBSTM
91* Not available on all models
92
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 92
Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages The following messages appear only on the MID. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to see the message again with the system
Message Condition Explanation
Appears if any door or the tailgate is not completely closed.
Goes off when all doors and the tailgate are closed.
Appears when the hood is opened. Close the hood.
Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not installed.
2 Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 520
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
washer fluid. Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 458
Customized Features P. 117
in a safe place in (P . e engine idle until the message disappears.
ay find it difficult to accelerate, or to start the e on uphill. diately stop in a safe place in (P. e engine idle until the message disappears.
your vehicle checked by a dealer. Checking the Battery P. 478
ff the climate control system and rear defogger to e electricity consumption. If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 519
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 93
Message Condition
Appears when the washer fluid is low. Refill 2
Appears while you are customizing the settings and the transmission is in other than (P .
2
Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high.
Stop Let th
Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high. The vehicle does not operate properly.
You m vehicl
Imme Let th
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the battery.
Have 2
Appears along with the battery charging system indicator when the battery is not charging.
Turn o reduc
2
93Continued
94
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 94
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon. Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and
Maintenance Past Due follow. 2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-
Information Display (MID) P. 444
Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets abnormally high.
2 Overheating P. 517
Appears when there is a problem with the power tailgate system.
Manually open or close the power tailgate. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
U.S.
Canada
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 95
Message Condition Explanation
Appears if there is a problem with the starter system. Hold the ENGINE START/STOP button up to 15 seconds to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340 Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Appears when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
Appears when the engine does not restart automatically due to the following reason:
The hood is open. There is a problem in the system that disables Auto Idle
Stop.
Follow the normal procedure to start the engine. 2 Starting the Engine P. 340
Appears when the steering wheel is locked. Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button.
U.S.
Canada
Models with Auto Idle Stop Models with Auto Idle Stop
Canadian models
95Continued
96
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 96
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
Appears after the drivers door is opened when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
Appears when you close the door with the power mode is in ON without the keyless access remote inside the vehicle.
Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote back inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 157
Appears when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak.
Replace the battery as soon as possible. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 480
Appears if the keyless access remote battery is too weak to start the engine or the key is not within operating range to start the engine. The beeper sounds six times.
Bring the keyless access remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button to be touched with.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 513
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
lect another gear position while in (P the engine be ON.
the park button If you leave the vehicle.
ear position remains in (N for 15 minutes, then atically switches to (P.
If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 351 the (P button before release the brake pedal idling, parking or exiting the vehicle. Shift Operation P. 349
want to set the power mode to ON, change the osition to (P .
want to start the engine, follow the normal dure. Starting the Engine P. 340
with Auto Idle Stop
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 97
Message Condition
Appears when you attempt to change to another gear position with the transmission in (P and the engine OFF.
To se must
Appears when you try to change the gear position after the position has automatically been changed to (P with the drivers door open and the drivers seat belt unfastened.
Press
Appears when you change to (N, and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within five seconds.
Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the drivers seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the vehicle may roll unintentionally.
The g autom
2
Press when
2
Appears when the engine stops without the transmission in (P , and does not restart automatically.
Appears if you open the hood while Auto Idle Stop activates.
If you gear p
If you proce
2
Models with Auto Idle Stop Models
97Continued
98
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
Explanation
ss the brake pedal, then select a shift button.
se your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select a utton.
sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before ting the select button.
n the seat belt properly before you start to drive. Shift Operation P. 349
ss the brake pedal until this message disappear.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 98
Message Condition
Appears when you try to change the gear position without depressing the brake pedal.
Depre
Appears when you try to change the gear position without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Relea shift b
Appears when the (P button is pressed while the vehicle is moving.
Appears if you change the gear position to (R while the vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the vehicle is reversing.
Make opera
Appears when you set the power mode to ON without fastening the drivers seat belt.
Appears when you change the gear position after (P has been automatically selected with the drivers door open, the drivers seat belt unfastened, then the brake pedal is released.
Faste 2
Appears when you press the (P button but it is not engaged due to low ATF temperature.
Depre
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) P. 359
slowly to prevent overheating and have your e checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
ars while driving - The low beam headlights ot be on. When conditions allow you to drive , have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as le.
if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on or the r does not stop even after you clean the area,
the system checked by a dealer.
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 99
Message Condition
Appears when pressing the IDS button. u Press again to change the next mode.
2
Appears if there is a problem with the cooling system. Drive vehicl
Appears when there is a problem with the headlights. Appe may n safety possib
Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor system*.
Check mud, beepe have
Appears if there is a problem with the e-pretensioner system*.
Have
99Continued* Not available on all models
100
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
Explanation
the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply rakes, change lanes, etc.) Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 416 Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection* P. 379 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* P. 365
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 100
Message Condition
Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a vehicle in front of you.
Take the b
2
2
2
Models with FCW or ACC with LSF
* Not available on all models
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 101
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
You can resume the set speed after the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the RES/ +/SET/ switch up.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* P. 365
Appears when the vehicle speed slows down to 25 mph (40 km/h) and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the ACC with LSF range while ACC with LSF is in operation.
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)* P. 365
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the ACC with LSF range.
ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)* P. 365
Appears when the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with LSF is in operation.
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)* P. 365
Models with ACC with LSF
101Continued* Not available on all models
102
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 102
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close.
ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)* P. 365
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the drivers seat belt is unfastened.
ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)* P. 365
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the transmission is not in (D .
ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)* P. 365
* Not available on all models
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 103
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope while ACC with LSF is in operation.
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)* P. 365
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)* P. 365
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the parking brake is applied.
ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)* P. 365 2 Parking Brake P. 412
103Continued* Not available on all models
104
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 104
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when your vehicle is stopped by ACC with LSF for more than five minutes. The beeper sounds.
Appears when your vehicle is stopped by ACC with LSF for more than nine and a half minutes. u The display starts the countdown when ACC with
LSF is cancelled within 30 seconds. The beeper sounds.
Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF. The beeper sounds.
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed.
ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)* P. 365
* Not available on all models
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 105
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when you unlock and open the drivers door while the engine is running by two-way keyless access remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 342
Models with two-way keyless access remote
105Continued* Not available on all models
106
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 106
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected lane. Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel.
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected lane.
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. The color of either line changes from white to amber as
the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line. 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* P. 394
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel with steering assist when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. The color of either line changes from white to amber as
the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line. 2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* P. 389
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper sounds simultaneously if selected by customization.
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
Models with LKAS
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
When you selected Warning Only
When you selected Normal or Wide
* Not available on all models
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
other system indicators come on, such as the , ABS and brake system, take appropriate action. Indicators P. 72
e climate control system to cool down the ra. off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing AS button can resume the system. Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator essage come back on after you cleaned the area d the camera.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 107
Message Condition
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously if selected by customization.
If any VSA
2
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there the temperature inside the LKAS camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously if selected by customization.
Use th came
Goes the LK
2
Appears when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
Have and m aroun
Models with LKAS
107Continued* Not available on all models
108
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
Explanation
Auto Idle Stop* P. 355
ars even though the battery is fully charged- ystem may not read the battery amount correctly. for a few minutes. ars after charging the battery or jump
ing - Disconnect the negative - cable once and nect it again to the battery. Drive a few minutes.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 108
Message Condition
Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens ON has been selected from the customization menu.
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate for some reason.
Appears when the engine restarts automatically. Appears when the battery temperature is around 14F
(10C) or lower. Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because
the climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the engine coolant temperature is low or high.
2
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the battery charge level is low.
Appe The s Drive
Appe start recon
Models with Auto Idle Stop
* Not available on all models
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
ss the brake pedal firmly.
ngine restarts automatically in a few seconds. Starting the Engine P. 340
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 109
Message Condition
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the pressure to the brake pedal is not enough.
Depre
Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens ON has been selected from the customization menu.
Appears when the system is under the following conditions while Auto Idle Stop activates:
The battery charge level is low. The battery temperature is around 14F (10C) or
lower. The climate control system is in use, and the difference
between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.
The humidity in the interior is high.
The e 2
Models with Auto Idle Stop
109
110
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 110
Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE You should refuel when the reading approaches . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 517
Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
Speedometer
Tachometer
Fuel Gauge
Temperature Gauge
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Elapsed Time Average Speed
SH-AWD*/ IDS
Life
Turn-by-Turn Directions*
Compass*
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 111
MID The MID shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.
Main displays Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to change the display.
Switching the Display
Blank Instant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy
Range
Vehicle Settings
Tire Pressure for Each Tire
Engine OilMulti-function Steering- wheel Controls
111Continued* Not available on all models
112
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
In stru
m en
t Pan el
Outside Temperature
Trip B
TRIP
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 112
Lower displays Press the TRIP button to change the display.
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has accumulated.
Odometer
TRIP Button
Trip AOdometer
TRIP
TRIP
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the TRIP button.
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the MIDs customized features to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 117
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel economy.
2 Customized Features P. 117
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 113
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
Resetting a trip meter To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button until the trip meter is reset to 0.0.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
Adjusting the outside temperature display Adjust the temperature reading up to 5F or 3C if the temperature reading seems incorrect.
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset.
Trip Meter
Outside Temperature
Average Fuel Economy
Continued 113
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
114
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time. 2 Customized Features P. 117
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed. 2 Customized Features P. 117
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 114
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Instant Fuel Economy
Range
Elapsed Time
Average Speed
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
The multi-information display shows a compass when the route guidance is not used.
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 117 2 Refer to the navigation system
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 115
The indicators on the display show the amount of torque being transferred to the right front, left front, right rear, and left rear wheels.
2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* P. 407
Shows the current mode for IDS. 2 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) P. 359
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the navigation system.
2 Refer to the navigation system
SH-AWD Torque Distribution Monitor*
Current Mode for IDS
Turn-by-Turn Directions Models with navigation system
Continued 115* Not available on all models
116
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 116
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 443
Shows each tires pressure. 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) P. 408
Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Tire Pressure Monitor
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Customized Features
To customize other features, roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
2 List of customizable options P. 120 2 Example of customization settings P. 125
Customization is possible when you see the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen. The drivers ID indicates which remote transmitter you have used to unlock the drivers door. The customized settings are recalled every time you unlock the drivers door with that remote.
Change to (P before you attempt to change any customized setting.
Customizing is also available from the audio/ information screen. You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the multi-information display while the audio/ information screen shows the same menu.
2 Customized Features P. 117
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 117
Use the MID to customize certain features.
How to customize Select the Vehicle Settings screen by rolling the multi-function steering-wheel controls while the power mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Push the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
Customized Features
Multi-function Steering- wheel Controls Roll: Changes the customize menus and items. Push: Enter the selected item.
MID: Goes to Vehicle Settings.
Continued 117
118
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 118
Customization flow Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to select Vehicle Settings and push the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
Vehicle Settings
Trip A Reset Timing
Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Memory Position Link
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Beep
Driver Assist System Setup*
Meter Setup
Driving Position Setup
Keyless Access Setup
Trip B Reset Timing
Forward Collision Warning Distance*
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*
ACC Display Speed Unit*
Roll
Push
Roll
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*
Blind Spot Info*
Easy Entry/Exit
Auto Seatbelt Tension*
Roll
Roll
Remote Start System On/Off*
Roll Push
Keyless Access Light Flash
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll Keyless Access Beep Volume
Turn by Turn Display*
Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*
Road Departure Mitigation Setting*
Push
Push
Push
Push
Reverse Alert Tone
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 119
Exit
Door Setup
IDS Setup
Default All
Lighting Setup
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock
Keyless Lock Answer Back Security Relock Timer
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Roll
Push
Push
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Power Tailgate Setup Push
Power Open By Outer Handle
Keyless Open Mode
Push
Maintenance Info.
Roll
Push Preferred IDS Mode
Roll
Roll
Roll
Push Maintenance Reset
119Continued
120
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 120
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Driver Assist System Setup*
Forward Collision Warning Distance*
Changes at which distance FCW* or CMBSTM* alerts, or turns FCW* on and off.
Long/Normal*1/Short/Off
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*
Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range.
On/Off*1
ACC Display Speed Unit* Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the MID.
mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)
Road Departure Mitigation Setting*
Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system.
Normal*1/Wide/Warning Only
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended.
On/Off*1
Blind Spot Info* Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual Alert*1/ Visual Alert/Off
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Selectable Settings
English*1/Franais/Espaol
a few degrees. -5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.)
-3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)
ip meter A, d A, and
When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1
ip meter B, B, and elapsed
When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1
en the change On*1/Off
idance screens On/Off*1
lay comes on On*1/Off
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 121
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description
Meter Setup
Language Selection Changes the displayed language.
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by
Trip A Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset tr average fuel economy A, average spee elapsed time A.
Trip B Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset tr average fuel economy B, average speed time B.
Reverse Alert Tone Causes the beeper to sound once wh the gear position to (R .
Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*
Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop gu comes on.
Turn by Turn Display* Select whether the turn-by-turn disp during the route guidance.
121Continued* Not available on all models
122
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 122
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Driving Position Setup
Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off.
On*1/Off
Easy Entry/Exit Moves the seat rearward and steering wheel fully up when you get in/get out of the vehicle. Changes the setting for this feature.
Seat & Steering Wheel*1/ Seat Only/Steering Wheel Only/Off
Auto Seatbelt Tension* Turns the setting for the automatic seat belt e- pretensioner activation on and off.
On*1/Off
Keyless Access Setup
Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the drivers door handle.
Drivers Door or Tailgate Only*1/All Doors
Keyless Access Beep Volume
Changes the beep volume. High*1/Low
Keyless Access Light Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors.
On*1/Off
Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors.
On*1/Off
Remote Start System On/Off* Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 123
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Lighting Setup
Interior Light Dimming Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors.
60sec/30sec*1/15sec
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the drivers door.
60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec
Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min
Door Setup
Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically lock.
With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift From P/Off
Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically unlock.
All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted To Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Sets up either the drivers door or all doors to unlock on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.
Driver Door*1/All Doors
Keyless Lock Answer Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On*1/Off
Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door.
90sec/60sec/30sec*1
123Continued
124
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 124
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Power Tailgate Setup
Keyless Open Mode Changes the keyless setting for when the power tailgate opens.
Anytime*1/When Unlocked
Power Open By Outer Handle
Changes the setting to open power tailgate by tailgate outer handle.
Off (Manual Only)/On (Power/Manual)*1
IDS Setup Preferred IDS Mode Changes the IDS mode setting for when you set the power mode to ON.
Last Used*1/Comfort/ Normal/Sport
Maintenance Info.
Maintenance Reset Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service.
Cancel/Reset
Default All Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as default.
Cancel/Set
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 125
Example of customization settings The steps for changing the Trip A Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are shown below. The default setting for Trip A Reset Timing is Manually Reset.
1. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to select Vehicle Settings, then push the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
2. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until Meter Setup appears on the display.
3. Push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. u Language Selection appears first on
the display.
125Continued
126
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 126
4. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until Trip A Reset Timing appears on the display, then push the multi- function steering-wheel controls. u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you can select When Refueled, IGN Off, Manually Reset, or Exit.
5. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls and select When Refueled, then push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. u The When Refueled Setup screen
appears, then the display returns to the customization menu screen.
6. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until Exit appears on the display, then push the multi-function steering- wheel controls.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the normal screen.
* Not available on all m
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 127
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 128 Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 129 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside .......................................... 131
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength......................................... 137
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ............................................. 138
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 140 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 141
Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 142 Security System
Immobilizer System .......................... 149 Security System Alarm...................... 149
odels
Opening and Closing the Windows ...152 Opening and Closing the Moonroof..154 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 155 Turn Signals ..................................... 158 Light Switches.................................. 159 Fog Lights* ...................................... 162 Daytime Running Lights ................... 162 Wipers and Washers ........................ 163 Brightness Control ........................... 167 Defogger/Heated Door Mirror .......... 168 Driving Position Memory System ...... 169 Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 171
Adjusting the Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 172 Power Door Mirrors ......................... 173
Adjusting the Seats Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 175 Rear Seats........................................ 182 Armrest ........................................... 185
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items Interior Lights .................................. 186 Interior Convenience Items .............. 188
Climate Control System Using Automatic Climate Control .... 200 Rear Climate Control System ........... 208 Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 212
127
128
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 128
Clock
1Clock
These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial. Rotate to select. Press to enter.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12 hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 263
You can turn the clock display in the audio/ information screen on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 263
The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does not need to be adjusted.
Models with navigation system
Adjusting the Clock You can adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the power mode in ON.
Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock
Adjustment. 3. Rotate to change hour, then press . 4. Rotate to change minute, then press
.
Adjusting the Time
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 129
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
o n
tro ls
1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 149
The keys contain precision electronics. Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to the electronics: Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity. Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. Keep the keys away from liquids. Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the keyless access system may not work. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 342
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Key Types and Functions This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keyless access remote to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock all the doors and tailgate. You can also use the keyless access system to lock and unlock the doors and tailgate.
Keys
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Models without two-way keyless access remote
129Continued* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions
130
C o
n tro
ls
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 130
Keyless access remote The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the doors when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak or the power door lock/unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, pull it out while sliding the release knob. To reinstall the built- in key, push the built-in key into the keyless access remote until it clicks.
Contains a number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key.
Built-in Key
Release Knob
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Release Knob
Built-in Key
Models without two-way keyless access remote
Key Number Tag
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote transmitter or keyless access system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
If the interior light switch is in the door activated position, the interior lights come on when you press the unlock button. No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30 seconds. Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 186
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door or the tailgate is open.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 131
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Locking the doors Press the lock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
and tailgate lock, and the security system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
Unlocking the doors Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
drivers door unlocks. Twice: u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock.
*1: Checking Door Lock Status* P. 136
Using the Remote Transmitter LED
Unlock Button
Lock Button
LED*1
Unlock Button
Lock Button
131Continued* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
132
C o
n tro
ls
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works varies, the battery is probably low. If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 480
You can customize the door lock mode and keyless lock acknowledgement setting.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 132
When you carry the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and the tailgate.
You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door handle. You can open the tailgate within about 32 inches (80 cm) radius from the tailgate outer handle.
Using the Keyless Access System
Models without rear door touch sensor
Models with rear door touch sensor
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Keyless Access System
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and unlock the tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range.
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if the keyless access remote is within range.
If you grip a door handle wearing gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond by unlocking the doors.
The door may not open if you pull it immediately after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle again and confirm that the door is unlocked before pulling the handle.
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless access remote if it is above or below the outside handle.
The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the door and door glass.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 133
Locking the doors and tailgate Press the door lock button on the front or rear* doors, or on the tailgate. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock; and the security system sets.
Door Lock Button
Lock Button
Continued 133* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
134
C o
n tro
ls
1Using the Keyless Access System
When you go into the keyless access system working range with all the doors locked, the LED puddle lights come on for 30 seconds. The lights do not come on if you have previously stayed within the range for more than two minutes, or the doors have been locked for a few days. The feature activates again after you drive the vehicle, then lock the doors.
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle, the doors will automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
The light flash, beeper, and unlock settings can be customized using the audio/information screen or multi-information display (MID).
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
You can also unlock and open with the power tailgate.
2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the Tailgate Outer Handle P. 143
Models with navigation system
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 134
Unlocking the doors and tailgate Grab the drivers door handle: u The drivers door unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice. Grab the front passengers or rear* door handle: u All doors unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice. Press and hold the tailgate outer handle: u The tailgate unlocks and opens. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice. 2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the
Tailgate Outer Handle P. 143
Tailgate Outer Handle
* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the drivers door with a key, all the other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When unlocking, the drivers door unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors and the tailgate.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the drivers door, all the other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. Make sure you have the key in your hand before locking the door to prevent it from being locked in the vehicle.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 135
Fully insert the key and turn it.
Locking the front doors Push the lock tab forward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the door.
Locking the rear doors Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
Lockout prevention system The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
Lock
Unlock
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
Continued 135
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
136
C o
n tro
ls
1Checking Door Lock Status*
Operate the remote in an open space. If there are buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the remote may not work even within the operable range. However, the range of unlock, all doors, and panic functions are the same as the standard keyless access remote.
2 Using the Remote Transmitter P. 131
When checking the door lock status, you can also start or stop the engine.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 342
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 136
You can remotely check if your vehicles doors are all locked or any are unlocked using the keyless access remote from extended distances.
Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds one of the following feedback will come: Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked. Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not
completely closed. Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status
from the vehicle.
Checking Door Lock Status*
Red Green Amber
Lock Button
* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength C
o n
tro ls
1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the keyless access remote and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remotes battery. The keyless access remote battery lasts about two years. This changes by how often you use the remote. The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near electrical appliances such as televisions and personal computers.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 137
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/ unlocking the doors and tailgate, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors and tailgate, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.
137
138
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
C o
n tro
ls
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the drivers door, all the other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the drivers door, only the drivers door will unlock.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 138
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Locking a door Push the lock tab forward.
Unlocking a door Pull the lock tab rearward.
Using the Lock Tab
To Unlock
Lock Tab To Lock
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside C
o n
tro ls
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However this feature requires that front seat occupants never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 140
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 139
Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the drivers door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors.
To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the drivers door to unlock, then lock again before opening the door. u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the MID or audio/information screen.
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
Inner Handle
Continued 139
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
140
C o
n tro
ls
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the master door lock switch, all the other doors and tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 140
Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all doors and the tailgate.
Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door.
When opening the door Open the door using the outside door handle.
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
To Unlock
Master Door Lock Switch
To Lock
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
Lock
Unlock
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking C
o n
tro ls
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the audio/ information screen or MID.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 141
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks all doors or the drivers door automatically when a certain condition is met.
Drive lock mode All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicles speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
Drivers door open mode All doors unlock when the drivers door is opened.
Auto Door Locking
Auto Door Unlocking
141
142
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 142
Opening and Closing the Tailgate
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo area when closing the tailgate.
When operating the power tailgate, make sure there is enough space around your vehicle. People near the tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if children are around.
When you are storing or picking up luggage from the cargo area while the engine is idling, do not stand in front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.
Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden acceleration, or a crash.
3WARNING Closing a power tailgate while anyone is in the path of the tailgate can cause serious injury.
Make sure everyone is clear before closing the power tailgate.
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or closing it.
Opening the tailgate Open the tailgate all the way. u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may come down accidentally by its own
weight. Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.
Closing the tailgate Keep the tailgate closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 68
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate Using the Tailgate Outer Handle C
o n
tro ls
1Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
Do not leave the keyless access remote inside the cargo area and close the tailgate. The beeper sounds repeatedly. You can open the tailgate and retrieve the key.
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else with the remote is within range.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 143
Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate is unlocked. Press the tailgate outer handle for more than one second, and wait until you hear three beeps before you lift open the tailgate. u Releasing the outer handle within one
second with one beep enables the power tailgate operations. 2 Power Tailgate Outer Handle P. 146
Even if the tailgate is locked, you can open the tailgate if you carry the keyless access remote.
To manually close the tailgate, grab the inner handle, pull the tailgate down, and push it closed from outside.
Tailgate Outer Handle
Inner Handle
143
144
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
C o
n tro
ls
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
NOTICE Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is being automatically opened or closed.
Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while in operation can deform the tailgate frame.
The power tailgate may not open or close under the following conditions: The vehicle is parked on a steep hill. The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind. The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.
If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you manually close the tailgate.
Installing aftermarket components other than Acura genuine accessories on the power tailgate may prevent it from fully opening or closing.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you get your luggage in and out.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before you start the vehicle.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 144
Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the remote transmitter or driver's door, or pressing the outer handle or button on the tailgate.
The power tailgate can be opened when: The tailgate is fully closed. The transmission is in (P. Press and hold the tailgate button on the remote transmitter for about one
second when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). u If you have changed the Keyless Open Mode setting to When Unlocked,
you need to unlock the tailgate before you press the tailgate button to open it. 2 Customized Features P. 117
The power tailgate can be closed when: The tailgate is fully open. The transmission is in (P. Press and hold the tailgate button on the remote transmitter for about one
second when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C
o n
tro ls
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the direction. The beeper sounds three times.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully closes.
Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you touch either sensor when you are trying to close the tailgate.
Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 145
Press the power tailgate button for more than one second to operate when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
To reverse direction while the power tailgate is in operation, press the button again. The beeper sounds three times and the tailgate reverses direction.
Customizing when to open the tailgate Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the default setting. When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
Remote Transmitter
Power Tailgate Button
Continued 145
146
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 146
To open or close the power tailgate, press the power tailgate button for about one second. The beeper sounds and some exterior lights flash.
To reverse direction while the power tailgate is in operation, press the button again. The beeper sounds three times and the tailgate reverses direction.
To open the power tailgate, press the outer handle for one second. The beeper sounds and some exterior lights flash.
Power Tailgate Button
Power Tailgate Button
Power Tailgate Outer Handle
Power Tailgate Outer Handle
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C
o n
tro ls
1Power Tailgate Close Button
If you press the power tailgate close button while the tailgate is automatically opening, the power tailgate operation reverses direction.
1Auto-Closer
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you press the tailgate outer handle while the power tailgate is closing.
Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power tailgate is latching.
Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you manually close the tailgate and let it latch automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 147
Press the button on the tailgate to close the power tailgate. If you press the button again while the power tailgate is closing, it reverses direction.
If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.
Power Tailgate Close Button
Power Tailgate Close Button
Auto-Closer
Continued 147
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
148
C o
n tro
ls
1Power Tailgate Fall Detection
If you try to manually close the power tailgate immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate fall detection may activate.
Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from the power tailgate when it is in motion.
If the power tailgate fall detection constantly activates, consult at a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 148
Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.
Power Tailgate Fall Detection
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 149
Security System
o n
tro ls
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE Leaving the keyless access remote in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.
Immobilizer System The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button: Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/
STOP button. Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. Do not bring a key from another vehicles immobilizer system with the keyless
access remote.
Security System Alarm The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly opened. The alarm does not go off if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system.
However, the alarm goes off when a door is opened with the key, then the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.
When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently, some exterior lights flash.
To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
149Continued
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
150
C o
n tro
ls
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: Unlocking the door with the lock tab. Opening the hood with the hood release.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add another device to it.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 150
Setting the security system alarm The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The hood is closed. All doors and the tailgate are locked from outside with the key, remote
transmitter, or keyless access system.
When the security system alarm sets The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.
To cancel the security system alarm The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key, remote transmitter, keyless access system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm C
o n
tro ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 151
The panic button on the remote transmitter
If you press the panic button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: The horn sounds. Some exterior lights flash.
Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.
Panic Mode
Panic Button
151
152
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 152
Opening and Closing the Windows
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it stops closing and reverse direction.
The drivers window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3WARNING Closing a power window on someones hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them.
Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, using the switches on the doors. The drivers side switches can be used to open and close all of the windows.
The power window lock button on the drivers side must be switched off (not pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the drivers seat.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you can only operate the drivers window. Turn the power window lock button on when children are in the vehicle.
Automatic operation To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly.
Manual operation To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.
Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
ON OFF
Power Window Lock Button
Rear Passengers Window Switches
Front Passengers Window Switch
Drivers Window Switch
Indicator
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows C
o n
tro ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 153
To open: Press the unlock button twice within 10 seconds and hold it down the second time. If the windows stop midway, repeat the procedure.
To open: Unlock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows/ moonroof at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation.
Opening Windows and the Moonroof with the Remote
Unlock Button
Opening/Closing Windows and the Moonroof with the Key
Close Open
153
154
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 154
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
1Opening/Closing the Moonroof
NOTICE Opening the moonroof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the moonroof to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3WARNING Opening or closing the moonroof on someones hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the moonroof before opening or closing it.
You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the moonroof midway, touch the switch briefly.
Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.
Tilting the moonroof up To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then release.
Opening/Closing the Moonroof
Open
Close Tilt
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 155
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
o n
tro ls
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. The engine may also run if the keyless access remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle.
ON mode: Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.
If the keyless access remote battery is weak, beeper sounds and the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the MID.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 513
If the power mode does not change from VEHICLE OFF to ACCESSORY, press the ENGINE START/STOP button while moving the steering wheel left and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the mode to change.
Operating Range
Canadian models
ENGINE START/STOP Button
*1:Canadian models
Changing the Power Mode
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) Indicator in the button is off. The steering wheel is locked*1. The power to all electrical components is turned off.
ACCESSORY Indicator in the button is on. Indicator in the button blinks (from ON to ACCESSORY). Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position.
ON Indicator in the button is on. All electrical components can be used.
Press the button.
Indicator
Without pressing the brake pedal
155Continued
156
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 156
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain.
When in this mode: The steering wheel does not lock. You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the keyless access system.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
If you open the drivers door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning buzzer sounds.
Automatic Power Off
Power Mode Reminder
Canadian models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button C
o n
tro ls
1Keyless Access Remote Reminder
When the keyless access remote is within the systems operational range, and the drivers door is closed, the warning function cancels.
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle after the engine has been started, you can no longer change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle through a window does not activate the warning buzzer.
Do not put the keyless access remote on the dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go off. Under some other conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within the systems operational range.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 157
Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/ and outside the vehicle to remind you that the keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If the buzzer continues even after the remote is put back inside, place it within its operational range.
When the power mode is in ON If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the drivers door is closed, warning buzzers sound from both inside and outside the vehicle. A warning message on the MID notifies the driver inside that the remote is out.
When the power mode is in ACCESSORY
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the drivers door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from outside the vehicle.
Keyless Access Remote Reminder
157
158
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 158
Turn Signals The turn signals can be used when the power mode is in ON.
One-touch turn signal When you lightly push up or down and release the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals and turn signal indicator blink three times. This feature can be used when signaling for a lane change.
Right Turn
Left Turn
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches C
o n
tro ls
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the lights on, a light on reminder chime sounds when you open the drivers door.
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge.
Your vehicle is equipped with the automatic headlight adjusting system that automatically adjusts the vertical angle of the high/low beam headlights. If you find a significant change in the vertical angle of the headlights, there may be a problem with the system. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Canadian models with rear entertainment system
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 159
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the power mode setting. High beams Push the lever forward until you hear a click. Low beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams. Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it. Lights off Turn the lever to OFF either when: The transmission is in (P . The parking brake is applied.
To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights come on automatically when: The gear position is changed out of (P and
the parking brake is released. The vehicle starts to move.
Manual Operation
High Beams
Flashing the high beams Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights
159Continued
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
160
C o
n tro
ls
1Automatic Lighting Control
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly.
Light Sensor
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
Models without automatic intermittent wipers
Light Sensor
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 160
Automatic lighting control can be used when the power mode is in ON.
When the light switch is in AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness. u You can change the auto light sensitivity
setting. 2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
Automatic Lighting Control
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches C
o n
tro ls
1Automatic Lighting Control
Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
Setting The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at
Max High Mid Low Min
Bright
Dark
1Headlight Integration with Wiper
This feature activates during the headlights are off in AUTO. The instrument panel brightness does not change when the headlights come on.
When the ambient light is dark, the automatic lighting control feature overrides, and the headlights come on with or without the wipers sweeping more than several times.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 161
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO. The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with you, and close the drivers door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the drivers door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the drivers door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
Headlight Integration with Wiper
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
161
162
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights*
C o
n tro
ls
1Fog Lights*
The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or when the daytime running lights are on.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 162
Fog Lights*
When the position lights or the headlights are on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Daytime Running Lights The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is in ON. The headlight switch is AUTO, or in . The parking brake is released.
The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when the head light switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C
o n
tro ls
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged.
NOTICE In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield, becoming stuck. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the wipers make a single sweep. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operations shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become the same.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to normal.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 163
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the power mode is in ON. MIST The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever.
Wiper switch (OFF, INT*, AUTO*, LO, HI) Change the wiper switch setting according to the amount of rain.
AUTO*
2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers* P. 164
Adjusting wiper operation Turn the adjustment ring to adjust wiper operation.
Washer Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever for more than one second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two or three more times to clear the windshield, then stop.
Windshield Wipers/Washers
Intermittent Time Adjustment Ring
MIST
INT*: Low speed with intermittent AUTO*: Automatic intermittent operation
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to use washer.
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
Higher speed, more sweeps
163Continued* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
164
C o
n tro
ls
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers*
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
NOTICE Always ensure the wiper lever is in the OFF position before entering a car wash to prevent severe damage to the windshield wiper system. If the wiper lever is in AUTO, and the power mode is in ON, the rainfall sensor may respond to your hand or car wash liquids, and the wipers may operate automatically.
Rainfall Sensor
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 164
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the windshield wipers sweep once, and go into the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low speed, or at high speed and stops in accordance with the amount of rainfall the rainfall sensor detects.
Auto sensitivity adjustment When in AUTO, you can also adjust the rainfall sensor sensitivity using the intermittent time adjustment ring.
Sensor sensitivity
Automatic Intermittent Wipers*
Low sensitivity: Lower speed, fewer sweeps
High sensitivity: Higher speed, more sweeps
* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C
o n
tro ls
1Wipers and Washers
If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then remove the obstacle.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 165
The rear wiper and washer can be used when the power mode is in ON.
Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON) Change the wiper switch setting according to the amount of rain.
Washer ( ) Sprays while you rotate the switch to this position. Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the washer. Once released, it stops operating after a few more sweeps.
Operating in reverse When you select the transmission to (R with the front wiper activated, the rear wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
Rear Wiper/Washer
INT: Intermittent
OFF
ON: Continuous wipe
Washer
Front Wiper Operation Rear Wiper Operation
Intermittent Intermittent
Low speed wipe High speed wipe
Continuous
Continued 165
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
166
C o
n tro
ls
1Headlight Washers
The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as the windshield washers.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 166
Turn the headlights on and press the headlight washer button to operate. The headlight washers also operate when you turn the windshield washers for the first time after the power mode is set to ON.
Headlight Washers
Canadian models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control C
o n
tro ls
1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on whether the exterior lights are on or off. The instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are on.
When it is bright outside and the headlight integration with the wiper is activated, the instrument panel brightness does not change.
Rolling the multi-function steering-wheel changes to a different display.
If you press the (+ button until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels the reduced instrument panel brightness when the parking lights are on.
The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 167
Brightness Control When the power mode is in ON, you can use the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument panel brightness. To brighten: Press the (+ button. To dim: Press the (- button.
You will hear a beep when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. The MID will return to its original state several seconds after you adjust the brightness.
Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the MID while you are adjusting it.
(+ Button
(- Button
167
168
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDefogger/Heated Door Mirror
C o
n tro
ls
1Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged or deiced.
1Heated Windshield Button
When the outside temperature is below 4C, the heated windshield may automatically activate. The system deactivates itself once the outside temperature reaches 6C.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
NOTICE When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to damage the heating wires. It is critical to wipe the window from side to side along the defogger heating wires.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 168
Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Press the heated windshield button to deice the windshield when the power mode is in ON.
Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature.
Heated Windshield Button
Canadian models
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System C
o n
tro ls
1Driving Position Memory System
Using the audio/information screen or MID, you can disable the automatic seat, steering wheel and door mirrors adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
The drivers seat easy exit feature: Can be turned ON/OFF.
2 Customized Features P. 117
System Operation The system will not operate if: The vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5 km/h). Either memory position button is pressed while the
seat or steering wheel is in motion. The seat or steering wheel position is adjusted
while in operation. The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 169
Driving Position Memory System You can store two drivers seat (except for power lumbar), steering wheel and door mirror positions with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the drivers door with a remote transmitter, or keyless access system, the seat and door mirrors adjust automatically to one of the two preset positions. The steering wheel will move to the stored position when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY.
The MID shows you which remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle when you enter. DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
The drivers seat moves rearward and steering wheel fully up depending on the set seating position once you Stop the vehicle. Put the transmission in (P . Turn the engine off. Then open the drivers door. Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY position, the drivers seat drivers seat and steering wheel moves to the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
169Continued
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
170
C o
n tro
ls
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: You do not press the memory button within five
seconds. You readjust the seat, the steering wheel or the
outside mirror position before the double-beep. You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat will stop moving if you: Press the SET button, or a memory button ( (1 or
(2). Adjust the seat, the steering wheel or the door
mirror position. Select into any position except (P.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 170
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the drivers seat, the steering wheel and the door mirrors to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button. u You will hear a beep, and the memory
button indicator light will blink. 3. Press memory button (1 or (2 within five
seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat, the steering wheel and
the outside mirror positions have been memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on.
1. Select (P . 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ). u You will hear a beep, and the indicator
light will blink.
The seat, the steering wheel and the door mirrors will automatically move to the memorized positions. When it has finished moving, you will hear the beep, and the indicator light stays on.
Storing a Position in Memory
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2SET Button
Recalling the Stored Position
Memory Buttons
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel C
o n
tro ls
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you start driving.
3WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 171
Adjusting the Steering Wheel The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
Push and hold the adjustment switch to move the steering wheel in, out, up or down. u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
Adjustment Switch
171
172
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 172
Adjusting the Mirrors
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 175
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors*
The auto dimming function cancels when the transmission is in (R.
Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position.
When driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror and power door mirrors* reduce the glare from headlights behind you.
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors*
* Not available on all models
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors C
o n
tro ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 173
Power Door Mirrors You can adjust the door mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
Mirror position adjustment L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror.
Folding door mirrors*
Press the folding button to fold in and out the door mirrors.
If activated, either side door mirror automatically tilts downward when you select the gear position to (R ; this improves close-in visibility on the selected side of the vehicle when backing up. The mirror automatically returns to its original position when you select out of (R.
To activate this feature, set the power mode to ON, and slide the selector switch to the left or right side.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding Button
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror
Selector Switch
173Continued* Not available on all models
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
174
C o
n tro
ls
1Expanded View Drivers Mirror
Objects visible in the outer segment of the drivers side door mirror appear smaller than objects in the rest of the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they appear.
Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 174
The drivers side door mirror has outer and inner segments. The outer segment is slightly curved to provide a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror. This wider view may help you check areas that are not visible using a standard door mirror.
Expanded View Drivers Mirror
Inner Segment
Outer Segment
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 175
Adjusting the Seats
o n
tro ls
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3WARNING Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle.
Adjusting the Seat Positions Adjust the drivers seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately press the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passengers seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in the dashboard as possible.
Adjusting the front power seats
Move back.
Allow sufficient space.
Horizontal Position Adjustment
Height Adjustment
Seat-back Angle Adjustment
Lumbar Support Adjustment*
175Continued* Not available on all models
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
176
C o
n tro
ls
1Adjusting the second row manual seats
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and forth to make sure it is locked in position.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 176
Adjusting the second row manual seats
Seat-back Angle Adjustment Pull up the lever to change the angle.
Horizontal Position Adjustment Pull up the bar to move the seat, then release the bar.
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions C
o n
tro ls
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate whether some type of adaptive equipment may help.
3WARNING Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 177
Adjust the drivers seat-back to a comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupants chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Continued 177
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
178
C o
n tro
ls
1Adjusting the Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work properly: Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs. Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back. Install each restraint in its proper location.
3WARNING Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 178
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rear- impact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupants head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupants ears should be level with the center height of the restraint.
Adjusting the front and second row outer head restraint positions To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.
Adjusting the Head Restraints
Position head in the center of the head restraint.
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions C
o n
tro ls
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3WARNING Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before driving.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 179
A passenger sitting in the second row center seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position.
Changing the Second Row Center Seat Head Restraint Position
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints Front and second row head restraints
Continued 179
180
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 180
A passenger in the third row seating position should put the head restraint in the upright position before the vehicle begins moving.
To fold down the head restraint: Pull the handle.
To put the head restraint back in the upright position: Pull up the head restraint and push rearward until it latches.
Folding Down the Third Row Head Restraint
Handle
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions C
o n
tro ls
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 181
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet on the floor until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag.
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
181
182
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
C o
n tro
ls
1Third Row Seat Access
The button is disabled when the vehicle is moving.
When you enter the third row seat, be careful not to trip over the second row seat belt.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 182
Rear Seats
Pressing the button on the seat-back, or seat cushion tilts the second row outer seat's seat- back forward. u The whole seat slides forward.
Pulling up on the strap also tilts the seat-back forward.
Third Row Seat Access
Strap
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats C
o n
tro ls
1Folding Down the Second Row Seat
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work improperly.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 54
The front seats must be far enough forward so they do not interfere with the second row seats as they fold down.
To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until it locks.
Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat cushion are securely latched back into place before driving. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the holding slot.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 183
Separately fold down the left and right halves of the second row seat to make room for cargo.
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the ceiling. 2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 38
3. Lower the center head restraint to its lowest position. Put the armrest back into the seat-back.
4. Pull up on the seat-back angle adjustment lever.
To return the seat to the original position, pull up the seat-back in the upright position.
Folding Down the Second Row Seat
Lever
Continued 183
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
184
C o
n tro
ls
1Folding Down the Third Row Seat
Make sure all items in the cargo area or items extending to the third row seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard.
1To return the seat to the original position
Make sure the seat-back and head restraints are securely latched back into place before driving.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 184
Separately fold down the left and right halves of the third row seat to make room for cargo.
To fold down the seat 1. Pull the handle on the seat-back fully. u The head restraint tilts downward.
2. Push the seat-back forward while pulling the handle.
To return the seat to the original position 1. Pull the seat-back up with the handle pulled. 2. Push the head restraint up to its original position.
Folding Down the Third Row Seat
Handle
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest C
o n
tro ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 185
Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
To adjust: Slide the armrest to a desired position.
Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back.
Using the Front Seat Armrest
Using the Rear Seat Armrest
185
186
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 186
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following situations: When you unlock the drivers door but do not open
it. When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time. 2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: When you lock the drivers door. When you close the drivers door in ACCESSORY
mode. When you set the power mode to ON.
If you leave any doors open in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) mode, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes.
When the interior light switch is in ON, if you close the tailgate and all doors in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) mode, the interior lights go off after about 30 minutes. However, when the battery is weaken, the interior lights go off after about 30 minutes if any door is open.
Interior Lights
ON The interior lights come on regardless of whether the doors are open or closed. Door activated The interior lights come on in the following situations: When any doors are opened. You unlock the drivers door. When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK). OFF The interior lights remain off regardless of whether the tailgate or the doors are open or closed.
Interior Light Switches
Door Activated Position
Off
On
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights C
o n
tro ls
1Map Lights
When the interior light switch is in the door activated position and any door is open, pressing the button does not turn off the map light.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 187
Front The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button.
Second and third row The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button when the front interior light switch is in the door activated position.
ON The light comes on when you open the tailgate, and goes off when closed.
OFF The light stays off with or without opening the tailgate.
Map Lights
Front
Second and third row
Cargo Area Lights
Off
On
187
188
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items
C o
n tro
ls
1Glove Box
3WARNING An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while driving.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 188
Interior Convenience Items
Press the button to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the built-in key.
Removable shelf The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To remove it, disengage the tabs.
The removed shelf can be stored upside down in the glove box.
Glove Box
Glove Box
To Lock
Shelf
Tabs
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 189
Pull the passengers side handle to open the console compartment.
Pull the drivers side handle to open the utility tray in the console lid.
Console Tray Slide or lift the tray when you use the console compartment. u To lift this tray, slide it rearward, then
pull it up.
Console Compartment
189Continued
190
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 190
Press the raised detent to open the lid. To close the lid, push it down until it latches.
Pull the handle to open the cargo floor lid.
Center Pocket
Press
Under-floor Storage Area
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 191
Front seat beverage holders Are located in the console between the front seats.
Door side beverage holders Are located on the both of front and rear door side pockets.
Beverage Holders
Front:
Rear:
Continued 191
192
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 192
Second row seat beverage holders Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat beverage holders.
Third row seat beverage holders
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element. This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power sockets are designed to supply power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180 watts or less (15 amps).
To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket with the engine running.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 193
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON.
Accessory power socket (center pocket) Open the lid and the cover to use it.
Accessory power socket (console compartment)
Pull the handle and open the cover to use it.
Accessory Power Sockets
Continued 193
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items
194
C o
n tro
ls
1AC Power Outlet*
NOTICE Do not use the AC power outlet for electric appliances that require high initial peak wattage, such as cathode-ray tube type televisions, refrigerators, electric pumps, etc. It is not suitable for devices that process precise data, such as medical equipment, and that require an extremely stable power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.
The AC power outlet is designed to supply power for up to 115 volt appliances that are rated 150 watts or less.
Continued use of any electric appliance/device exceeding these ratings may result in damage to the appliance/device.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 194
Accessory power socket (cargo area) Open the cover to use it.
The AC power outlet can be used when the engine is running. Open the cover to use it. Plug in the appliance slightly, turn it 90 clockwise, then push it all the way.
AC Power Outlet*
* Not available on all models
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Coat Hooks
The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy items.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 195
There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle of both sides. Pull it down to use it.
The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor can be used to install a net for securing items.
Coat Hooks
Tie-down Anchors
Anchor
Anchor
Continued 195
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items
196
C o
n tro
ls
1Sunglasses Holder
Keep the holder closed while driving except when accessing stored items.
1Heated Steering Wheel
Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 196
To open the sunglasses holder, push and release the indent. To close, push it again until it latches.
You can store eyeglasses and other small items in this holder.
The power mode must be in ON to use the heated steering wheel.
Press the button on the left side of the steering wheel.
When a comfortable temperature is reached, press the button again to turn it off.
The heated steering wheel is turned off every time you start the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.
Sunglasses Holder
Push
Heated Steering Wheel
Canadian models
Indicator
Heated Steering Wheel Button
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation*
Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 197
If the power mode is in ON: Seat heater - The HI setting heats the seats faster than the LO setting. Seat ventilation* - The HI setting ventilates the seats faster than the LO setting.
1. Select . 2. Change the setting with one of the
following: The Heat/Cool* level indicators: Select your desired level setting. The left is for a LO setting, the center is for a MID setting, and to the right for a HI setting. (+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a time. AUTO: The system automatically selects the setting most suitable to the ambient environment. OFF: Turn off the system.
When a comfortable temperature is reached while using the seat heaters in HI, select MID or LO to keep the seat warm.
Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation*
Models with seat ventilation
Models without seat ventilation
Continued 197* Not available on all models
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items
198
C o
n tro
ls
1Second Row Outer Seat Heaters*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 198
The power mode must be in ON to use the seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats faster than the LO setting.
Press the seat heater button: Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) Three times - The LO setting Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
Second Row Outer Seat Heaters*
* Not available on all models
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Integrated Sunshades*
Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully closed. Using the shade while a window is open can unhook and blow off the shade, hitting and hurting anyone sitting near the window.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 199
Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the way. Use the hooks to hang it.
Integrated Sunshades*
Tab
Hook
199* Not available on all models
200
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 200
Climate Control System
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons/icons on the touch screen are pressed while using the climate control system in AUTO, the function of the button/icon that was pressed will take priority. The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be controlled automatically.
During the Auto Idle Stop, the air conditioning system will be turned off.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may operate at low speed for a while after the AUTO button has been pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on auto, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
All models
Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the drivers side or passengers side
temperature control switch. 3. Press the (On/Off) button to cancel.
(On/Off) Button AUTO Button
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Drivers Side Temperature Control Switch
Passengers Side Temperature Control Switch
Passengers Side Temperature
Drivers Side Temperature
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C
o n
tro ls
1Using Automatic Climate Control
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the climate control settings are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON.
You can store two customized climate control settings to the system and recall them from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
2 Shortcuts P. 206
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 201
In addition to the button/switch controls, you can operate the climate control system from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM touch screen.
Operating from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
A/C (Air Conditioning) and SYNC (Synchronized) Icon
Drivers Side Temperature Control Icon
Recirculation/ Fresh Air mode Icon
Fan Control Icon
Passengers Side Temperature Control Icon
Shortcuts Icon
Continued 201
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
202
C o
n tro
ls
1Using Automatic Climate Control
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
When you set the MAX COOL or MAX HEAT, MAX COOL or MAX HEAT is displayed.
If you select the MAX COOL ON/OFF or MAX HEAT ON/OFF during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 202
Changing the interior temperature setting 1. Select the drivers or passengers side
temperature control icon. 2. Change the temperature setting from the
following:
Temperature bar: Select a point where your desired temperature setting is. Farther to the left is for a lower, and to the right for a higher setting. 3/4: To raise or lower the temperature setting one degree at a time. While you select and hold 3/4, the temperature decreases or increases. MAX COOL ON/OFF: To rapidly cool down the interior. u The A/C indicator comes on. The setting
returns to the previously selected value when you select it again.
MAX HEAT ON/OFF: To rapidly warm up the interior. u The A/C indicator goes off. The setting
returns to the previously selected value when you select it again.
The side you selected.
Temperature Bar
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C
o n
tro ls
1Switching the vent mode
While the climate control system is in AUTO, Front Mode Auto is highlighted.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 203
Switching the vent mode Select a desired vent mode icon, or Front Mode Auto: The system automatically selects the vent mode most suitable to the ambient environment.
Vent mode : Dashboard vents : Dashboard and floor vents : Floor vents : Floor and defroster vents
A/C on and off 1. Select A/C. 2. Select ON or OFF.
Continued 203
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
204
C o
n tro
ls
1SYNC on and off
When you press the button, the system synchronizes the driver's and front passenger's temperature settings.
When the system is not in SYNC mode, the driver's side temperature, the front passengers side temperature and the rear passenger compartment (if it is on) can be set separately.
You can also turn off SYNC mode by changing the front passengers side temperature or rear passengers temperature.
The system adjusts each temperature based on the information of the sunlight sensor and the sun position updated by the navigation systems GPS.
Models with navigation system
1Changing the fan speed
While the climate control system is in AUTO, Fan AUTO is highlighted.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 204
SYNC on and off 1. Select SYNC. 2. Select ON for synchronized mode. u When in synchronized mode, the front
passengers side temperature and the rear passenger compartment become the same as the drivers side settings.
3. Adjust the temperature or change the mode from the drivers side.
Changing the fan speed 1. Select . 2. Change the fan speed with one of the
following: The fan speed level indicators: Select your desired speed level. The smaller indicator is for a slower speed, and the larger for a faster speed. (+ / (-: To go up or down one level at a time. Fan AUTO: The system automatically selects the fan speed most suitable to the ambient environment.
Fan Speed Level Indicators
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C
o n
tro ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 205
Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes 1. Select or currently shown. 2. Switch the mode depending on
environmental conditions to the following:
(Recirculation Mode): Recirculates air from the vehicles interior through the system.
(Fresh Air Mode): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations.
205Continued
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
206
C o
n tro
ls
1Shortcuts
You can also store a set by pressing and holding the preset number you want to store that setting after step 3.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 206
Shortcuts You can store two sets of your preferred temperature, fan speed, and vent mode settings to the climate control system.
To store a set of the climate control settings: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Adjust the climate control system to your
preference. 3. Select Climate. 4. Select Edit. 5. Select Add. 6. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to
store your settings to.
To recall one of the settings: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Climate. 3. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2.
To delete a preset: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Climate. 3. Select Edit. 4. Select Delete. 5. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to
delete.
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C
o n
tro ls
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving. Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that the air hits the side windows.
If you press the button during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 207
Press the button to turn the air conditioning system on and automatically switch the system to fresh air mode.
Press the button again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings.
To rapidly defrost the windows 1. Press the button. 2. Select the recirculation mode.
2 Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes P. 205
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
207
208
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
C o
n tro
ls
1Rear Climate Control System
If any icons on the touch screen are pressed while using the rear climate control system in AUTO, the function of the icon that was pressed will take priority.
Rear Lock: Appears on the front panel. When selected, it disables the rear panel control. LOCK: Appears on the rear control panel while the rear lock is on.
If the rear lock is on while in SYNC mode, the rear control panel is disabled. LOCK SYNC appears on the rear control panel.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 208
Rear Climate Control System
Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Select REAR. 2. Select AUTO. u The rear system changes to AUTO mode.
3. Adjust the rear passengers compartment temperature using the temperature bar.
4. Select the ON/OFF to cancel. u When the turned back on, the system returns to your last selection.
Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
3/4 (Temperature Control) Icon
Fan Speed Level Indicators
ON/OFF Icon
AUTO Icon
Rear Lock Icon
Vent Mode Icon
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System C
o n
tro ls
1Changing the rear temperature setting
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 209
Changing the rear temperature setting Change the temperature setting from the following: 3/4: To raise or lower the temperature setting one degree at a time. While you select and hold 3/4, the temperature decreases or increases.
Switching the vent mode Select a desired vent mode icon.
Vent mode : Rear console vents : Rear console vents and floor vents : Rear floor vents
3/4 (Temperature Control) Icon
Vent Mode Icon
Continued 209
210
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 210
Changing the fan speed Select your desired speed level. The smaller indicator is for a slower speed, and the larger for a faster speed.
Fan Speed Level Indicators
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
When the Rear Lock icon on the front control panel is off, the temperature of the rear passenger compartment can be controlled independently.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 211
Use the system when the engine is running 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the rear temperature control button. 3. To turn off the rear climate control system, press button.
Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
Rear floor vents
Rear console vents and floor vents
Rear console vents
/ (Fan Control) Buttons
(On/Off) Button
Rear Temperature Control Buttons
AUTO Button
211
212
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 212
Automatic Climate Control Sensors The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
* Not available on all m
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 213
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System About Your Audio System................ 214 USB Port .......................................... 215 Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 215 Audio System Theft Protection ......... 216 Audio Remote Controls.................... 217
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 218 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM....... 219 Audio/Information Screen ................ 225 Adjusting the Sound ........................ 229 Display Setup ................................... 230 Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 231 Playing SiriusXM Radio ................... 235
odels
Playing a CD .................................... 238 Playing an iPod ................................ 241 Playing Internet Radio ...................... 245 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 248 Playing Bluetooth Audio................. 251
Audio Error Messages CD Player......................................... 254 iPod/USB Flash Drive ........................ 255 Pandora ......................................... 256 AhaTM Radio..................................... 258
General Information on the Audio System SiriusXM Radio Service ................... 259
Recommended CDs ......................... 260 Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives................................................. 262
Customized Features ........................ 263 Defaulting All the Settings ............... 281
HomeLink Universal Transceiver ... 282 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Using HFL ........................................ 284 HFL Menus ...................................... 286
Compass* .......................................... 318
213
214
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 214
Audio System
1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM Radio is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM Radio, contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System P. 259
SiriusXM Radio is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.
Video CDs, DVDs*, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not supported.
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
When the screen is viewed through polarized sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the screen due to optical characteristics of the screen. If this is disturbing, please operate the screen without polarized sunglasses.
About Your Audio System
Images shown are for models without navigation system. See the Navigation System Manual for operation of the audio system, AcuraLink, rear entertainment system*, Bluetooth HandsFreeLink, and voice commands for these features.
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM Radio service. It can also play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel or the icons on the touchscreen interface.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Remote Controls
iPod
USB Flash Drive
* Not available on all models
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port Featu
res
1USB Port
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.
We recommend using an extension cable with the USB port.
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.
We recommend keeping your data backed up before using the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturers instructions provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
1Auxiliary Input Jack
You can return to the AUX mode by selecting Change Source on the Audio menu screen or Audio Source on the touchscreen.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 215
USB Port Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port.
Auxiliary Input Jack Use the jack to connect standard audio devices.
1. Open the AUX cover. 2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo miniplug. u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
215
216
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 216
Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system may display Enter code. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
Reactivating the audio system 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Turn on the audio system. 3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds. u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Featu
res
1Audio Remote Controls
Some mode appears only when an appropriate device or medium is used.
To select audio mode, press the SOURCE button, then shift the left selector wheel to the right or left.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 217
Audio Remote Controls Allows you to operate the audio system while driving.
SOURCE Button Cycles through the audio modes as follows: FM AM SiriusXM CD USB iPod
Bluetooth Audio Pandora AhaTM AUX
Left Selector Wheel Roll Up: To increase the volume. Roll Down: To decrease the volume. Push: To mute. Push again to unmute. When listening to the radio
Shift to the right: To select the next preset radio station. Shift to the left: To select the previous preset radio station. Shift to the right and hold: To select the next strong station. Shift to the left and hold: To select the previous strong station.
When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth Audio Shift to the right: To skip to the next song. Shift to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song. Shift to the right and hold: To go to the group up. (Bluetooth Audio only) Shift to the left and hold: To go to the group down. (Bluetooth Audio only)
When listening to a CD or USB flash drive Shift to the right and hold: To skip to the next folder. Shift to the left and hold: To go back to the previous folder.
When listening to Pandora and AhaTM
Shift to the right: To skip to the next song. Shift to the right and hold: To select the next station. Shift to the left and hold: To select the previous station.
Left Selector Wheel
SOURCE Button
217
218
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 218
Audio System Basic Operation
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Move , , or to select secondary menu.
Audio Menu Items 2 Sound P. 229 2 Refresh Station List P. 233 2 Save Preset P. 232, 237 2 Radio Text P. 234 2 Music Search P. 239, 243, 249 2 Scan P. 240, 250 2 Random/Repeat P. 240, 244, 250
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the audio system settings and preset memory are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON.
To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Use the interface dial or MENU button to access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and extended display for some functions.
Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. Move right, left, up or down to select secondary menu. MENU button: Press to select any mode. The available mode includes Sound, Change Source, Refresh Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text, Music Search, and play modes. Play modes can be also selected from Scan, Random/Repeat, and so on. BACK button: Press to go back to the previous display.
button: Press to change the audio/ information screen brightness. Press once and make an adjustment. u Each time you press , the mode
switches between the daytime mode, nighttime mode and off mode.
Interface Dial
MENU ButtonBACK Button
Button
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu
res
1On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.
Select to go back to the previous screen.
Use the / / / icons to turn the page.
X
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 219
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Use the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to operate the audio system.
Select Audio Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio source.
Select More to display the menu items.
Selecting an Audio Source
Displaying the Menu Items
Select Audio Source.
Source List Icons
Select More. Menu Items
219Continued
220
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 220
You can preset the settings of three categories (Phone, Climate, Audio) from Shortcuts.
Shortcuts
Shortcuts Icon
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu
res
1Phone
2 Speed Dial P. 302
Dial icon You can make a call using the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to input numbers.
2 To make a call using a phone number P. 307
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 221
Phone You can preset five previously stored speed dial entries, and make a call from one of the preset numbers, or call history when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system. 2Phone Setup P. 291
To preset a speed dial: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select Edit or No Entry. u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
5. Select Add. u Five presets appear. Select a No Entry
preset or an existing preset. u The screen changes to a list of previously
stored speed dial entries. 6. Select a number you want to store as a
shortcut.
To make a call from a speed dial entry: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select a preset number. u Dialing starts automatically.
Continued 221
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
222
Featu res
1Phone
The call history displays the last six dialed, received, or missed calls.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 222
To delete a speed dial: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select Edit. 5. Select Delete. 6. Select the preset number with the phone
number you want to delete.
To make a call from call history: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Call History. 4. Select a phone number. u Dialing starts automatically.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu
res
1Audio
You can also preset a station by pressing and holding the preset icon you want to store that station after step 3.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 223
Audio You can store up to six radio stations when playing AM, FM, or SiriusXM radio.
To preset a station: 1. Tune to a radio station.
2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 231 2 Playing SiriusXM Radio P. 235
2. Select Shortcuts. 3. Select Audio. 4. Select Edit or No Entry. u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
5. Select Add. 6. Select the preset icon you want to store the
station.
To play a preset station: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Audio. 3. Select a preset icon.
To delete a preset station: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Audio. 3. Select Edit. 4. Select Delete. 5. Select the preset icon with the radio station
you want to delete.
Continued 223
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
224
Featu res
1Adjusting the Sound
Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 229
Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.
You can also adjust the sound to select on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
1Changing the Screen Settings
The followings are adjustable screen settings: Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness.
Brightness Contrast Black Level Display
Changes between the daytime or nighttime modes.
Beep Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen.
Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
Vibration Turns on and off the vibration when you touch the screen.
Fade Timer Sets the screen black out timing.
Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 224
1. Select More, then Sound. 2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
1. Select More, then Screen Settings. 2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
Adjusting the Sound
Changing the Screen Settings
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
Audio
Button
utton
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 225
Audio/Information Screen Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various setup options.
Press the PHONE, INFO and AUDIO buttons to go to the corresponding display.
Switching the Display
InfoPhone
AUDIOPHONE Button
INFO B
225Continued
226
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 226
Audio Shows the current audio information.
Phone Shows the HFL information. 2Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 284
Info Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate to select an item, then press .
Trip computer (Current Drive) Shows the range, and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip.
Trip computer (History of Trip A) Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving cycles. Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.
Deleting the history manually 1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press . 2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
Clock/Wallpaper Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1Wallpaper Setup
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be in the USB flash drives root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported.
The file name must be fewer than 64 characters. The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). The individual file size limit is 2 MB. The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 420 x 234 pixels, the image is displayed in the middle of the screen with the extra area appearing in black.
Up to 50 files can be selected. If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 227
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
Import wallpaper You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port.
2 USB Port P. 215
2. Press the SETTINGS button. 3. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock,
Clock/Wallpaper Type. 4. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen will change to the wallpaper
list. 5. Move to select Add New, then press . 6. Rotate to select a desired picture. u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen. 7. Press . u The confirmation message will appear.
Then the display will return to the wallpaper list.
Wallpaper Setup
Continued 227
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
228
Featu res
1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview and press to see a preview at full-size screen.
To go back to the previous screen, press to select OK, or press the BACK button.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be previewed.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 228
Select wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper. u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
5. Press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Rotate to select Set, then press . u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
Delete wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press . u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
5. Press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.
7. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely. u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound Featu
res
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 224 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 229
Adjusting the Sound 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then
press . 3. Rotate to select Sound, then press .
Rotate to scroll through the following choices:
SETTINGS Button
Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
Subwoofer
SVC
229
230
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Featu res
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 230
Display Setup You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press . 3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
. 4. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press
.
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press . 3. Rotate to select Background Color,
then press . 4. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .
Changing the Screen Brightness
Changing the Screens Color Theme
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu
res
Tune Up/Down Icons Select or to tune the radio frequency.
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal.
More Select to display the menu items.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select preset radio stations. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 231
Playing AM/FM Radio
Audio/Information Screen
(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Audio Source Select to change a band or change an audio source.
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.
Scan Select to sample each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
To listen to a stored channel, select 1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).
Presets Select to store a station.
231Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
232
Featu res
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 217 You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU button and selecting Change Source on the Audio menu screen.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset memory.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 232
To store a station:
1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Move to select Presets tab. 3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station. 4. Press and hold for a few seconds.
You can also store that station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press . 4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press
.
1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Change the display to the preset screen. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.
You can also store a station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. 4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.
Preset Memory
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu
res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 233
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
To find an RDS station from Station List 1. Rotate to select the station, then press .
Manual update Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Rotate to select Refresh, then press .
You can also update a station by the following procedure. 1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station. 2. Rotate to select Refresh Station List, then press .
Radio Data System (RDS)
233Continued
234
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 234
Radio text Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .
Scan Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan, then press . To turn off scan, press to select Stop Scan, or press the BACK button.
1. Select More. 2. Select Scan. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Category Up/Down Icons Select or to display and select an SiriusXM Radio category.
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to the previous or next channel. In channel mode, select and hold to change the channel rapidly.
More Select to display the menu items.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select preset radio stations. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 235
Playing SiriusXM Radio
CH Channel AAA
001
Audio/Information Screen
(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Audio Source Select to change an audio source.
To listen to a stored channel, select 1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).
Presets Select to store a channel.
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.
Scan Select to scan each channel.
235Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
236
Featu res
1Playing SiriusXM Radio
In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system.
SiriusXM Radio channels load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make your selections.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 236
1. Select the SiriusXM mode. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 217 2 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM P. 219
2. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .
2. Select a channel using the , , , icons on the tune mode screen or the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.
To change the tune mode: 1. Select the SiriusXM mode.
2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select XM Tune Mode, then press . 4. Rotate to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press .
2. Select More. 3. Select XM Tune Mode. 4. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.
To Play the SiriusXM Radio
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
1Playing SiriusXM Radio
You can store 12 SiriusXM channels into the preset memory.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 237
To store a channel:
1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Move to select Presets tab. 3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the channel. 4. Press and hold for a few seconds.
You can also store a channel by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press . 4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that channel, then press
.
1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Change the display to the preset screen. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel.
You can also store a channel by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. 4. Select the preset number you want to store that channel.
Preset Memory
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
237
238
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Featu res
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot.
(CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD.
More Select to display the menu items.
Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track/file.
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC). Select and hold to move rapidly within a track/file.
Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 238
Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
Audio Source Select to change an audio source.
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off. VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.
Scan Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks. Random Icon Select to plays all tracks/files in random order.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Featu
res
1Playing a CD
NOTICE Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA and ACC files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, then skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: When you select a new folder, file, or track. When you change the audio mode to CD. When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 239
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the Music Search list.
You can also select a file by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song
list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the list.
How to Select a File from the Music Search List (MP3/WMA/AAC)
Folder Selection
File Selection
Continued 239
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
240
Featu res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Random/Repeat Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file. Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random order.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 240
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat. 3. Select a mode.
To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
How to Select a Play Mode
Random/Repeat is selected.
Interface Dial
Random/Repeat is selected.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu
res
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
Album Bar Select to search for an album.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change songs. Select and hold to move rapidly within a song.
More Select to display the menu items.
USB Indicator Appears when an iPod is connected.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current song.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 241
Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the iPod mode.
2 USB Port P. 215
Audio/Information Screen
Audio Source Select to change an audio source.
(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
Album Art
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.
Album Art Icon
Pause/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a song.
Shuffle Icon Select to change a play mode in album shuffle or shuffle all songs.
241Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
242
Featu res
1How to Select an Album
This function may not be available depending on models or versions.
Select to go back to the previous screen.X
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 242
You can select albums in the category you selected by the Music Search list.
1. Select the album bar. u The image of the current album is displayed.
2. Select or icon to search for an album. u When the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play.
How to Select an Album
Select an album image.
Select the album bar.
Album Bar Album Image
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu
res
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 255
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 243
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a song from the Music Search list.
You can also select a song by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song
list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a song from the list.
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
Continued 243
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
244
Featu res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Repeat Song: Repeats the current track. Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 244
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then
press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select Shuffle/Repeat. 3. Select a mode.
To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
How to Select a Play Mode
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio Featu
res
USB Indicator Appears when a phone is connected.
Skip Icon Select to skip a song.
More Select to display the menu items.
Station Up/Down Icons Select to change a station.
Like/Dislike Icons Select to evaluate a song.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 245
Playing Internet Radio Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth.
You can also connect the phone using your USB connector to the USB port. Select Audio Source to select Pandora or Aha mode.
Compatible phones only
iPhone
Audio/Information Screen
Album Art Rating Icon
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
Audio Source Select Pandora* or AhaTM.
Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a song.
(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.
245Continued* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
246
Featu res
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora is currently available exclusively in the United States.
To find out if your phone is compatible with this feature, visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-888-528-7876.
Pandora is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora app must first be installed on your phone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth Audio. Make sure Pandora mode on your audio system is selected.
U.S. models
U.S. models
1Pandora Menu
Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora P. 256
There are restrictions on the number of songs you can skip or dislike in a given hour.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 246
You can operate some of the Pandora menu items from your vehicles audio system. The available items are:
Operating a menu item The menu items are shown in the lower half of the audio/information screen. Rotate to select an item and press .
To select Sound or Change Source, press the MENU button, then press .
Pandora Menu
Skip Forward Dislike Play/Pause Bookmark Track Station List Bookmark Artist Like Sound
Change Source
U.S. models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio Featu
res
1AhaTM Radio Menu
AhaTM by Harman is a cloud-based service that organizes your favorite web content into live radio stations. You can access podcasts, internet radio, location-based services, and audio updates from social media sites.
Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 AhaTM Radio P. 258
The menu items vary depending on the station you selected.
To use this service in your vehicle, the AcuraLink app must be installed on your phone. Visit owners.acura.com/apps for more information.
You must have a previously set up Aha account prior to using the service in your vehicle. Visit www.aharadio.com for more information.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 247
You can operate some of the AhaTM menu items from your vehicles audio system. The available items are:
Operating a menu item The menu items are shown in the lower half of the audio/information screen. Rotate to select an item and press .
To select Sound, Change Source or Station List, press the MENU button, then press .
AhaTM Radio Menu
Like Tracks Dislike Reply Play/Pause Sound 15sec rewind Change Source 30sec skip Station List
247
248
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Featu res
More Select to display the menu items.
USB Indicator Appears when a USB flash drive is connected.
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track/file.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. Select and hold to move rapidly within a file.
Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 248
Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port P. 215
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
Audio Source Select to change an audio source.
(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.
Scan Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks.
Random Icon Select to plays all tracks/files in random order.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu
res
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 259
Files in WMA/ACC format protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 255
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 249
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the Music Search list.
You can also select a file by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song
list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the list.
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
Folder Selection
File Selection
Continued 249
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
250
Featu res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder.
Random/Repeat Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current file. Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 250
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select Random/Repeat. 3. Select a mode.
To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
How to Select a Play Mode
Random/Repeat is selected.
Interface Dial
Random/Repeat is selected.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio Featu
res
1Playing Bluetooth Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876. Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 251
Playing Bluetooth Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 291
Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
Play Icon Pause Icon
More Select to display the menu items.
Audio Source Select to change an audio source.
(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Interface Dial/ ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files.
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
Folder Up/Down Icons Select or to change folders.
On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.
Audio/Information Screen
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
251Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio
252
Featu res
1To Play Bluetooth Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone makers operating instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some phones.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. This function may not be available on some phones.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 252
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to HFL.
2. Select the Bluetooth Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL- compatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth Audio, may already be connected.
To pause or resume a file
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press .
Select the play icon or pause icon.
To Play Bluetooth Audio Files
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free Featu
res
1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for Siri.
When operating the vehicle, only use Siri through the Talk button.
1Using Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone features or apps.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 253
Siri Eyes Free You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your compatible iPhone is paired to Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.
2 Phone Setup P. 291
Using Eyes Free
Appears when Siri is activated in Eyes Free
While in Eyes Free: The display remains the same. No feedback or commands appear.
(Talk) button: Press and hold until the display changes as shown.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to deactivate Siri.
253
254
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 254
Audio Error Messages
Solution
will be skipped. The next supported track/file lly.
t) button and remove the disc, and check that the cleared. isc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
CDs P. 261
age reappears, press the button, and pull out
disc. lays, there is a problem with the first disc. age repeats, or the disc cannot be removed, . ce the disc out of the player.
isc is not damaged or deformed. CDs P. 261
ystem off and allow the player to cool down until e is cleared.
CD Player If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message Cause
Unplayable File Track/file format not supported Current track/file
plays automatica
Bad Disc Please Check Owners Manual Push Eject
Mechanical error
Press the (ejec error message is
Check that the d disc again.
2 Protecting If the error mess
the disc. Insert a different
If the new disc p If the error mess
contact a dealer Do not try to for
Mecha Error
Bad Disc Please Check Owners Manual
Servo error
Check Disc Disc error Check that the d
2 Protecting
Heat Error High temperature Turn the audio s
the error messag
uuAudio Error Messagesu iPod/USB Flash Drive Featu
res
ion
tem. Check if the device is compatible with the
isconnect the device. Then turn the audio system e that caused the error.
it appears when a supported iPod is connected,
e iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
M or an unsupported format. This error message t song.
are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
.
If it appears when a supported device is
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 255
iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solut
USB Error Appears when there is a problem with the audio sys audio system.
Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owners Manual.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. D off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the devic
Unsupported Version Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If update the iPod software to the newer version.
Connect Retry Appears when the system does not acknowledge th
Unplayable File Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DR appears for about three seconds, then plays the nex
No Data
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device
Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. connected, reconnect the device.
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
255
256
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora
Featu res
Solution
n incompatible device is connected. Disconnect turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do e device that caused the error.
ere is no station list on the device. Use the device n.
ou try to skip a song or select Dislike over the umber of times in an hour.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 256
Pandora If an error occurs while playing Pandora, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owners Manual
Appears when a the device. Then not reconnect th
No stations have been created. Please create a station on the device.
Appears when th to create a statio
Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may skip each hour.
Appears when y predetermined n
U.S. models
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora Featu
res
Solution
e commanded operation is failed. Try again later.
o data is available with Pandora activated. and reconnect the device.
andora version is not supported. Update latest version.
e Pandora server is in maintenance. Try again
andora is unable to play music. Check your
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 257
Error Message
Unable to save rating. Unable to save bookmark. or Unable to skip.
Appears when th
No data Appears when n Reboot the app
PANDORA App version is not supported. Appears when P Pandora to the
PANDORA system maintenance. Appears when th later.
Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your mobile device.
Appears when P device.
257
258
uuAudio Error MessagesuAhaTM Radio
Featu res
Solution
n incompatible device is connected. Disconnect turn the audio system off, and turn it on again. t the device that caused the error.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 258
AhaTM Radio If an error occurs while playing AhaTM Radio, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owners Manual
Appears when a the device. Then Do not reconnec
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 259
General Information on the Audio System
res
1Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM Radio: US: SiriusXM Radio at www.siriusxm.com or 1-
800-852-9696 Canada: SiriusXM Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or
1-877-209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM Radio
The SiriusXM satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator.
You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle. In tunnels On the lower level of a multi-tiered road Large items carried on the roof rack
SiriusXM Radio Service
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in the display: Turn the interface dial until 0 appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM website to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM mode by using the SOURCE button on the steering wheel, or through the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception.
Loading: SiriusXM is loading the audio or program information. Ch off air: The channel is not currently broadcasting. Ch unauthorized: SiriusXM radio is receiving information update from the network. No signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Ch unavailable: No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or title information is unavailable. Check antenna: There is a problem with the SiriusXM antenna. Contact a dealer.
Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio
Receiving SiriusXM Radio
SiriusXM Radio Display Messages
259
260
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
Featu res
1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not play either.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 260
Recommended CDs Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use. Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed. Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.
CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs Featu
res
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
Damaged CDs
Bubbled/ Wrinkled
With Label/ Sticker
Using Printer Label Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring Poor quality
CDs
Chipped/ Cracked
Warped Burrs
Small CDs
3-inch (8-cm) CD
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick CDs
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 261
Protecting CDs Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs: Store a CD in its case when it is not being played. When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge. Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface. Never insert foreign objects into the CD player. Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD. Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
261
262
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Featu res
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 262
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher. Some digital audio players may not be compatible. Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007) iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008) iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 6th generation) launch in 2010 iPod touch (1st to 4th generation) launch in 2010
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/ iPhone 6 Plus
USB Flash Drives
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 263
Customized Features
res
1Customized Features
When you customize setting, make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop and select to (P.
To customize other features, rotate , move , , or , and press . 2 List of customizable options P. 268
See the Navigation System Manual for the customized features except for the Vehicle Settings.
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
How to customize Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating while the power mode is ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
SETTINGS Button
Audio/Information Screen
263Continued
264
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 264
Customization flow
Press the SETTINGS button.
Brightness Contrast
Black Level
Bluetooth Status Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code
Default
Display
System Settings Bluetooth
Sync Display Brightness
Factory Data Reset
Background Color Header Clock Display
Clock
Clock Adjustment Clock Format
Clock
LanguageOthers
Wallpaper Clock/Wallpaper
Type
Display Operation Restriction Tips
Voice Recog Voice Prompt
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
Trip B Reset Timing
Turn by Turn Display*
Adjust Outside Temp. Display Trip A Reset Timing
Memory Position Link
Keyless Access Light Flash Keyless Access Beep
Remote Start System On/Off*
Easy Entry/Exit
Door Unlock Mode
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*
Blind Spot Info*
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*
ACC Display Speed Unit*
Forward Collision Warning Distance*
Language Selection
Auto Seatbelt Tension*
Keyless Access Beep Volume
Reverse Alert Tone Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*
Road Departure Mitigation Setting*
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 265
Default
Meter Setup
Keyless Access Setup
Driving Position Setup
Driver Assist
System Setup*
Vehicle Settings
265Continued* Not available on all models
266
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline
Sound Source Select Popup
Cover Art*1
ect Bluetooth Audio Device*1
Bluetooth Device List*1
Maintenance Resetnfo.
Keyless Open Mode Power Open By Outer Handle
Preferred IDS Mode
Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock
hange depending on your currently selected source.
Interior Light Dimming Time Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 266
Default
Default
Conn
Audio Settings
Maintenance I
Power Tailgate Setup
Camera Settings
IDS Setup
Door Setup
*1: May c
Lighting
Setup
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
Add Bluetooth Device
Disconnect
Connect Phone
Edit Bluetooth Device
Add Bluetooth Device
Bluetooth Device
List
Edit Speed Dial
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
Use Contact Photo
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Text/Email Alert
Info Screen Preference
Clock Format
Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock Adjustment
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 267
Default
Phone
Text/Email
Phone Settings
Clock
Default
Info Settings
Others
267Continued
268
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 268
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System Settings
Display
Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the display brightness synchronizes with the instrument panel brightness.
On*1/Off
Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information screen.
Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information screen.
Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information screen.
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
tion Selectable Settings
and off. On*1/Off
, edits and deletes a s a security PIN.
g code setting P. 293 Random/Fixed*1
n and off. Beginner*1/Expert
type. Analog/Digital*1/ Small Digital/Off
type. r a new wallpaper. llpaper (default
ted). 27
Blank/Galaxy*1/ Metallic
isplay from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 269
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descrip
System Settings
Blue- tooth
Bluetooth Status Turns the Bluetooth on
Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL paired phone, and create
2 Phone Setup P. 291
Edit Pairing Code Changes a pairing code. 2 To change the pairin
Voice Recog
Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt o
Clock
Clock/ Wallpaper Type
Clock Changes the clock display
Wallpaper
Changes the wallpaper Imports an image file fo Deletes an imported wa
wallpapers can be dele 2 Wallpaper Setup P. 2
Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. 2 Clock P. 128
Clock Format Selects the digital clock d
269Continued
270
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
uage. English*1/Franais/ Espaol
control of the system is ction while driving.
On*1/Off
color of the audio/ e On Demand Multi-
Blue*1/Amber/Red/ Green
display comes on. On*1/Off
their factory default. ettings P. 281
ized items in the as default.
Default/OK
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 270
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descri
System Settings
Others
Language Changes the display lang
Display Operation Restriction Tips
Alerts you when manual disabled to prevent distra
Background Color Changes the background information screen and th Use DisplayTM.
Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock
Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to 2 Defaulting All the S
Default Cancels /Resets all custom System Settings group
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
tion Selectable Settings
e FCW* or CMBSTM* nd off.
Long/Normal*1/ Short/Off
p when the system the vehicle goes out of On/Off*1
or ACC with LSF on the (MID).
mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)
he road departure Normal*1/Wide/ Warning Only
p when the LKAS is On/Off*1
he blind spot Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/ Off
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 271
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descrip
Vehicle Settings
Driver Assist System Setup*
Forward Collision Warning Distance*
Changes at which distanc alerts, or turns FCW* on a
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*
Causes the system to bee detects a vehicle, or when the ACC with LSF range.
ACC Display Speed Unit* Changes the speed unit f multi-information display
Road Departure Mitigation Setting*
Changes the setting for t mitigation system.
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*
Causes the system to bee suspended.
Blind Spot Info* Changes the setting for t information.
271Continued* Not available on all models
272
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
nguage on the multi- English*1/Franais/ Espaol
reading by a few
-5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.)
-3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)
w to reset trip meter A, average speed A, and
When Refuel/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1
w to reset trip meter B, average speed B, and
When Refuel/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1
nd once when the to (R .
On*1/Off
Idle Stop guidance On/Off*1
by-turn display comes ance.
On*1/Off
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 272
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descri
Vehicle Settings
Meter Setup
Language Selection Changes the displayed la information display.
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Adjusts the temperature degrees.
Trip A Reset Timing Changes the setting of ho average fuel economy A, elapsed time A.
Trip B Reset Timing Changes the setting of ho average fuel economy B, elapsed time B.
Reverse Alert Tone Causes the beeper to sou change the gear position
Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*
Selects whether the Auto screens comes on.
Turn by Turn Display* Selects whether the turn- on during the route guid
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
tion Selectable Settings
ock when you grab the Drivers Door or Tailgate Only*1/All Doors
e. High*1/Low
ts to flash when you On*1/Off
nd when you unlock/ On*1/Off
start feature on and off. On*1/Off
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 273
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descrip
Vehicle Settings
Keyless Access Setup
Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unl drivers door handle.
Keyless Access Beep Volume
Changes the beep volum
Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior ligh unlock/lock the doors.
Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sou lock the doors.
Remote Start System On/ Off* Turns the remote engine
273Continued* Not available on all models
274
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
e the interior lights stay ors.
60seconds/ 30seconds*1/ 15seconds
e the exterior lights e drivers door.
60seconds/ 30seconds/ 15seconds*1/ 0seconds
e headlights to come Max/High/Mid*1/ Low/Min
memory system using a d off.
On*1/Off
ard and steering wheel get out of the vehicle. his feature.
Seat & Steering Wheel*1/Seat Only/ Steering Wheel Only/Off
automatic seat belt e- n and off.
On*1/Off
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 274
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descri
Vehicle Settings
Lighting Setup
Interior Light Dimming Time
Changes the length of tim on after you close the do
Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of tim stay on after you close th
Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for th on.
Driving Position Setup
Memory Position Link Turns the driving position remote transmitter on an
Easy Entry/Exit Moves the seat fully rearw fully up when you get in/ Changes the setting for t
Auto Seatbelt Tension* Turns the setting for the pretensioner activation o
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
tion Selectable Settings
he automatic locking With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift from P/ Off
hen the doors unlock
All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted to Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off
door or all doors to f the remote or built-in
Driver Door*1/All Doors
rior lights flash. eper sounds.
On*1/Off
for the doors to relock set after you unlock ng any door.
90seconds/ 60seconds/ 30seconds*1
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 275
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descrip
Vehicle Settings
Door Setup
Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for t feature.
Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for w automatically.
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Sets up either the drivers unlock on the first push o key.
Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exte LOCK (2nd push)- The be
Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes and the security system to the vehicle without openi
275Continued
276
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
ng for when the power Anytime*1/When Unlocked
the power tailgate tailgate outer handle.
Off (Manual Only)/ On (Power/ Manual)*1
tting for when you set Last Used*1/Comfort/ Normal/Sport
display when you have ce service.
ized items in the as default.
Default/OK
guidelines come on the On*1/Off
mic guidelines come on On*1/Off
ized items in the as default.
Default/OK
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 276
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Descri
Vehicle Settings
Power Tailgate Setup
Keyless Open Mode Changes the keyless setti tailgate opens.
Power Open By Outer Handle
Selects whether to enable open operation using the
IDS Setup
Preferred IDS Mode Changes the IDS mode se the power mode to ON.
Mainte- nance Info.
Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life performed the maintenan
Default Cancels/Resets all custom Vehicle Settings group
Camera Settings
Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed rear camera monitor.
Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dyna the rear camera monitor.
Default Cancels/Resets all custom Camera Settings group
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
tion Selectable Settings
audio speakers sound. P. 229
-6 ~ C*1 ~ +6 (Bass, Treble and Subwoofer), -9 ~ C*1 ~ +9 (Fader, Balance), Off/Low/ Mid*1/High (SVC)
f selectable audio he AUDIO button is On/Off*1
r art display. On*1/Off
pairs a Bluetooth
th Audio device paired
ized items in the Audio t.
Default/OK
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 277
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descrip
Audio Settings
Sound Adjusts the settings of the 2 Adjusting the Sound
Source Select Popup Selects whether the list o sources comes on when t pressed.
Cover Art Turns on and off the cove
Connect Bluetooth Audio Device Connects, disconnects or Audio device to HFL.
Bluetooth Device List Edits or deletes a Bluetoo to HFL.
Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defaul
iPod, USB, Pandora* or AhaTM mode
Bluetooth Audio, Pandora* or AhaTM mode
Bluetooth Audio, Pandora* or AhaTM mode
277Continued* Not available on all models
278
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
, or connects or ne.
, edits or deletes a a security PIN.
eed dial entry.
transfer from your nter the vehicle.
On*1/Off
ically answer an four seconds.
On/Off*1
Fixed/Mobile Phone*1/Off
be automatically is paired to HFL.
On/Off
on an incoming call On*1/Off
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 278
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descri
Phone Settings
Phone
Connect Phone Pairs a new phone to HFL disconnects a paired pho
2 Phone Setup P. 291
Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL paired phone, or creates
2 Phone Setup P. 291
Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a sp 2 Phone Setup P. 291
Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically phone to HFL when you e
Auto Answer Sets whether to automat incoming call after about
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.
Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to imported when a phone
Use Contact Photo Displays a callers picture screen.
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
tion Selectable Settings
mail message function On*1/Off
sage account.
alert comes on the a new text message/E- On/Off
m automatically reads cted, whether only On/Off/Auto*1
ized items in the Phone t.
Default/OK
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 279
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descrip
Phone Settings
Text/ Email
Enable Text/Email Turns the text message/e- on and off.
Select Account Selects a mail or text mes
New Text/Email Alert Selects whether a pop-up screen when HFL receives mail.
Message Auto Reading Selects whether the syste out messages, and, if sele when driving.
Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defaul
279Continued
280
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
m Settings on P. 268 to P. 270.
wing to be displayed button. available menu items
le menu items pop up. u selected last time is
Info Top/Info Menu*1/Off
ized items in the Info lt.
Default/OK
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 280
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descri
Info Settings
Clock
Clock/ Wallpaper Type
Clock
See Syste Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Other Info Screen Preference
Selects either of the follo when you press the INFO Info Top: Some of the
pop up. Info Menu: All availab Off: The menu item yo
displayed.
Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defau
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings Featu
res
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to default and delete all personal data.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 281
Defaulting All the Settings You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press . 3. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,
then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.
5. Rotate to select Yes, then press again to reset the settings. u The confirmation message will appear.
Press to select OK.
281
282
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 282
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
1HomeLink Universal Transceiver
HomeLink is a registered trademark of Gentex Corporation.
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener has an external entrapment protection system, such as an electronic eye, or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
The HomeLink Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage doors path.
Training HomeLink If you have not trained any of the buttons in HomeLink before, you should erase any previously learned codes. To do this: Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to step 1.
If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1.
Important Safety Precautions
Red Indicator
uuHomeLink Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink Featu
res
1Training HomeLink
Retraining a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
2. Continue to hold the HomeLink button and follow steps 1 - 3 under Training a Button.
Indicator remains on for about 25 secs.
Standard transmitter
Indicator blinks rapidly for 2 secs, then remains on for about 23 secs.
Rolling code transmitter
Erasing Codes To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink (about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the devices instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 283
Training a Button
4.
a.3.
2.
5. a.
b.
1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) blink after 10 secs?
Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a sec. Does the device (garage door opener) work?
Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink button at the same time. Then, while continuing to hold the HomeLink button, press and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Does the LED blink within 20 secs?
Training Complete
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate.
Training Complete
The remote has a rolling code. Press the learn button on the remote-controlled device (e.g. garage door opener).
Within 30 secs, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs, then remains on.
HomeLink LED is on.
YES NO
YES
YES NO NO
283
284
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 284
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876. Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On. 2 Customized Features P. 263
Voice control tips: Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone.
Press the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted.
To change the volume level, use the audio systems volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation an after ending the call.
See Navigation System Manual for how to operate Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicles audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the multi- information display or to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command or to clear the phone information on the MID.
(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands. PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen. Interface dial: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move ,
, or to select secondary menu.
HFL Buttons
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Talk Button
Volume up
Microphone
Hang-up/Back Button
Pick-up Button
Volume down
Interface Dial
PHONE Button
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL Featu
res
1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language to English, French, or Spanish.
2 Customized Features P. 263
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 285
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 302
HFL Status Display
Limitations for Manual Operation
Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Roam Status
Callers Name
Callers Number
Disabled Option
285
286
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth- compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled.
a paired phone from the system.
phone to the system.
e to the system.
e to the system.
This ce
IN Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Replace a previously paired phone with a new phone.
This ce Delete a previously paired phone.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 286
HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
Phone Settings screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
Phone Connect Phone
Bluetooth Device List
(Existing entry list)
Add Bluetooth Device
Disconnect
Connect a
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Disconnect
(Existing entry list)
Pair a phon
Add Bluetooth
Device Pair a phon
Replace Devi
Edit P
Delete Devi
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
nput
rom ory
rom ook
iously stored speed dial numbers.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
e
Edit a previously stored speed dial number. Change a number. Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
sfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the
answer an incoming call after about four
tomatically imported when a phone is paired to
n incoming call screen.
tems in the Phone Settings group as default.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 287
Manual I
Edit Speed Dial New Entry
Import f Call Hist
Import f Phoneb
Delete All Delete all the prev
Edit
Delet
(Existing entry list)
Set calls to automatically tran vehicle.
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Set whether to automatically seconds. Select the ring tone.
Use Contact Photo
Set phonebook data to be au HFL. Display a callers picture on a
Automatic Phone Sync
Cancel/Reset all customized iDefault
287Continued
288
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
account.
function on and off.
t comes on the screen when HFL receives a new
utomatically reads out messages, and, if selected,
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 288
Text/Email*1
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Select Account Select a mail or text message
Enable Text/Email Turn the text/e-mail message
New Text/Email Alert Select whether a pop-up aler text/e-mail message.
Message Auto Reading Selects whether the system a whether only when driving.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
e number from the call history to store as a mber. e number from the phonebook to store as a
ber.
number to store as a speed dial number.
s speed dial list.
e speed dial list.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 289
Phone screen 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button to display the
menu items.
Select a phon speed dial nu
Speed Dial*1
Manual Input
New Entry Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Select a phon speed dial num
Enter a phone
More Speed Dials Display another paired phone
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in th
Phonebook*1
Dial*1
Display the paired phones phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
289Continued
290
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
revious message.
ext message.
eads received message aloud, or stop message ng read.
a received message using one of six fixed phrases.
all to the sender.
mail or text message account.
nd missed calls.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 290
Text/Email*1
Message is read aloud.
See the p
(Read/Stop)
Previous
Next See the n
System r from bei
Reply
Call
Reply to
Make a c
Select Account
Select a message and press .
Select a
Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phones history.
Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming a Call History*1
All
Dialed
Received Display the last 20 outgoing calls. Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls.
Phone Pairing Tips: You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving. Up to six phones can be paired. Your phones battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL. If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth Audio.
When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call history and phonebook automatically imported to HFL.
2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting P. 301
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 291
To pair a cell phone (when there is no phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Make sure your phone is search or
discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, move
to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/ information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match. This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.
Phone Setup
Continued 291
292
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 292
To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system)
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Connect
Phone, then Add Bluetooth device. 3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, move
to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/ information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match. This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To change the pairing code setting
The pairing code may be six or four digits depending on your phone.
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 293
To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
pairing code. 3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,
then press .
Continued 293
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
294
Featu res
1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial entries, and security PIN information from the previously paired phone.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 294
To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a paired phone you
want to replace, then press . 4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,
then press . 5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches
a new phone. u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 295
To delete a paired phone 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press . 4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,
then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.
295Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
296
Featu res
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 296
To turn on or off the text/e-mail message function
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Enable
Text/Email. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .
To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select New
Text/Email Alert. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Options
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To set up the auto reading option
On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud. Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud. Auto: A text/e-mail message is read aloud only when driving.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 297
To set up the auto reading option 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Message
Auto Reading. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto, then press .
Continued 297
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
298
Featu res
1To Create a Security PIN
If the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before clearing the PIN or creating a new one.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 298
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press . 4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press . 5. Enter a new four-digit number.
u
Rotate to select, then press . Move to delete. Rotate to select OK to enter the security PIN.
u
You can also enter a number using the icons.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number. u The screen returns to the screen in step
4.
To Create a Security PIN
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 299
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL.
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Transfer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press .
You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Answer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press .
Automatic Transferring
Auto Answer
299Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
300
Featu res
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker. Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the connected cell phone sounds from the speaker. Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.
1Use Contact Photo
This function may not be available on some phones.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 300
You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Ring
Tone. 3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone
or Off, then press .
You can display a callers picture on an incoming call screen. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Use
Contact Photo. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
Ring Tone
Use Contact Photo
Phone settings
All Phone
Auto Transfer Auto Answer Ring Tone Automatic Phone Sy Use Contact Photo
On
Off
Default
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Voice
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 301
When Automatic Phone Sync is set to On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL.
Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select
Automatic Phone Sync. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
Continued 301
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
302
Featu res
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag. Say Call and the voice tag name.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 302
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
. u Repeat the procedure to select New
Entry. 4. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press . From Import from Call History: u Select a number from the call history. From Manual Input: u Input the number manually. From Import from Phonebook: u Select a number from the linked cell
phones imported phonebook. 5. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import from Phonebook, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.
Speed Dial
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags. Avoid using home as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use John Smith instead of John.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 303
To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial number
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
. 5. From the pop-up menu, rotate to select
Record, then press . u After selecting Record, wait for the
beep(s) to sound before you state the name.
6. Move and select OK to complete the voice tag.
Continued 303
304
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 304
To delete a voice tag 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Clear, then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
To delete a speed dial 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Delete, then press . 4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name, or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the button and say Call and the voice tag name, Call by name and the phonebook name, or Call and the phone number.
The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 305
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.
Making a Call
Continued 305
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
306
Featu res
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 285 2 Speed Dial P. 302
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM for an alphabetical search.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 306
To make a call using the imported phonebook
1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press . 4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Move to Search. u You can use the keyboard on the touch
screen for an alphabetical search. 5. Rotate to select a number, then press
. u Dialing starts automatically.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 285 2 Speed Dial P. 302
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM to input numbers. Select numbers, then to start dialing.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 307
To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 4. Rotate to select a number, then press
. 5. Rotate to select , then press . u Dialing starts automatically.
To make a call using redial 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Redial, then press . u Dialing starts automatically.
Continued 307
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
308
Featu res
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
These icons next to the number indicate the following:
: Dialed calls. : Received calls. : Missed calls.
The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or missed calls.
Steering switches
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 308
To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Call History, then
press . 4. Move or to select All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed. 5. Rotate to select a number, then press
. u Dialing starts automatically.
1. Press the button. 2. Shift the left selector wheel right to select
Call History. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a
number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button. u Dialing starts automatically.
111AAA####
Mr.AAA
Mr.BBB
On MID
Steering switches
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
Move to select More Speed Dials to view another paired phones speed dial list. You can make a call from that list using the currently connected phone.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 302
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name or number can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts.
The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries. Steering switches
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 309
To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
. 4. Rotate to select a number, then press
. u Dialing starts automatically.
1. Press the button. 2. Shift the left selector wheel left to select
Speed Dial. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a
number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button. u Dialing starts automatically.
111AAA####
Mr.AAA
Mr.BBB
On MID
Steering switches
Continued 309
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
310
Featu res
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call.
You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM instead of the and buttons.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 310
When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call. Press the button to decline or end the call.
Receiving a Call
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 311
The following options are available during a call. Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu- driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the Phone screen. Rotate to select one of the available options, then press . u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
Options During a Call
Mute Icon
Continued 311
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
312
Featu res
1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text message/e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e- mail message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice P. 296
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 312
HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text or e-mail message.
2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the message, then press . u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press .
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Selecting a Mail Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list screen or the message list screen. Move to select Select Account, then press .
You can only receive notifications from one text message or mail account at a time.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 313
If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to be active and receive notifications.
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Select
Account. 3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an
e-mail message account you want, then press .
Selecting a Mail Account
Continued 313
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
314
Featu res
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is also deleted in the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phones outbox.
To see the previous or next message, move or on the text message screen.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 314
Displaying text messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
. u Select account if necessary.
4. Rotate to select a message, then press .
u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud.
Displaying Messages
Message List
Text Message
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Displaying e-mail messages
Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the message list screen at the same time. In this case, text messages are titled No subject.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 315
Displaying e-mail messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
. 4. Rotate to select a folder, then press . 5. Rotate to select a message, then press
. u The e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the message aloud.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail Message
Continued 315
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
316
Featu res
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows: Cant talk, Im driving. Im on my way. Call you later. OK Yes No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 316
Read or stop reading a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 314
2. Press to stop reading. Press again to start reading the message from the beginning.
Reply to a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 314
2. Move and rotate to select Reply, then press .
3. Rotate to select the reply message, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message. u Message Sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully sent.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 317
Making a call to a sender 1. Go to the text message screen. u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud. 2 Displaying text messages P. 314
2. Move and rotate to select Call, then press .
John 0123456789####
Reply Call
317
318
Featu res
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 318
Compass*
1Compass*
Compass operation can be affected under the following conditions: Driving near power lines or stations Crossing a bridge Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large
object that can cause a magnetic disturbance When accessories such as antennas and roof racks
are mounted by magnets
1Compass Calibration
Calibrate the compass in an open area.
While setting the compass, press the BACK button to cancel the setting mode and return to the previous screen.
When you set the power mode to ON, the compass self-calibrates, and the compass display appears.
Compass Calibration If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need to manually calibrate the system.
1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. On the top screen of any audio source,
press and hold for five seconds. u The display switches to the Compass
settings screen. 3. Rotate to select Calibration, then press
. 4. When the display changes to Calibration
Start, press . 5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles. u The compass starts to show a direction
after the calibration. The CAL indicator goes off.
* Not available on all models
uuCompass*uCompass Zone Selection Featu
res
1Compass Zone Selection
The zone selection is done to compensate the variation between magnetic north and true north.
If the calibration starts while the audio system is in use, the display returns to normal after the calibration is completed.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 319
Compass Zone Selection 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. On the top screen of any audio source,
press and hold for five seconds. u The display switches to the Compass
settings screen. 3. Rotate to select Zone Adjust, then
press . u The display shows the current zone
number the system is set to. 4. To change the zone, rotate to select the
zone number of your area (See Zone Map), then press .
2
3
4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14
15 Zone Map
Guam Island: Zone 8
Puerto Rico: Zone 11
319
320
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 320
* Not available on all m
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 321
Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.
Before Driving................................... 322 Towing a Trailer................................ 327 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ..... 338 When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 340 Automatic Transmission ................... 346 Shifting............................................ 347 Auto Idle Stop*................................ 355 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS)..... 359 Cruise Control*................................ 360 Front Sensor Camera*...................... 363 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*............................ 365
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection* .................... 379
odels
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)* ..... 385 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* ..................................... 389
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*.. 394 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System ............. 402
Agile Handling Assist System............ 404 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System* ...405 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* ......................................... 407
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 408 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation ......... 410
Braking Brake System ................................... 412
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 414 Brake Assist System ......................... 415 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* ..................................... 416
Parking Your Vehicle When Stopped ................................ 425 Parking Sensor System* ................... 426 Cross Traffic Monitor* ..................... 430
Multi-View Rear Camera* ................ 434 Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 435 How to Refuel ................................. 436
Fuel Economy.................................... 437 Accessories and Modifications ........ 438
321
322
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 322
Before Driving
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If youve parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle.
Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving.
Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components. Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressure, check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 469
Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside.
Exterior Checks
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation D
rivin g
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 323
Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicles
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 325
Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking. Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving. If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate. 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 138
Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175 2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 178
Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 171 2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 172
Interior Checks
Continued 323
324
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 324
Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the drivers ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36
Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 72
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit D
rivin g
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue load.
2 Specifications P. 536
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 536
3WARNING Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 325
Maximum Load Limit The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,173 lbs (532 kg). See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the drivers doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer. Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehicles placard.
(2)Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4)The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Label Example
325Continued
326
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 326
(5)Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the drivers doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load 1,173 lbs (532 kg)
Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight 873 lbs (396 kg)
Example2
Max Load 1,173 lbs (532 kg)
Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight 423 lbs (192 kg)
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 327
Towing a Trailer
rivin g
1Towing Load Limits
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale. If a public scale is not available, add the estimated weight of your cargo load to the weight of your trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo distribution.
Refer to the trailer owners manual for additional information.
Break-in Period Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicles first 600 miles (1,000 km).
Never exceed the gross weight ratings. Gross weight information
2 Vehicle Specifications P. 536
3WARNING Exceeding any load limit or improperly loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Check the loading of your vehicle and trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Towing Preparation
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
Total trailer weight Do not exceed the maximum allowable weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in or on it shown in the table. Towing loads in excess of this can seriously affect vehicle handling and performance and can damage the engine and drivetrain.
*1:Accessory Front Towing Grille required whenever towing.
Each weight limit is calculated based on the following conditions: Occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the back Each occupant weights 150 lbs (68 kg) Each occupant has 15 lbs (7 kg) of cargo in the cargo area Any additional weight, cargo or accessories reduce the maximum trailer weight and maximum tongue load.
Towing Load Limits
Total Load
Number of occupants
4WD models with ATF cooler*1
4WD models without ATF cooler*1 2WD models*1
2 5,000 lbs (2,268 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 3 4,750 lbs (2,155 kg) 3,250 lbs (1,474 kg) 3,250 lbs (1,474 kg) 4 4,500 lbs (2,041 kg) 3,000 lbs (1,361 kg) 3,000 lbs (1,361 kg) 5 4,250 lbs (1,928 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg) 6 4,000 lbs (1,814 kg) 2,500 lbs (1,134 kg) 2,500 lbs (1,134 kg) 7 Towing not recommended
327Continued
328
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 328
Tongue load The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded trailer on the hitch should be approximately: Boat trailers: 5 15% of the total trailer weight Other trailers: 10 15% of total trailer weight
Tongue LoadTongue L
Number of occupants
4WD models with or ATF cooler
2WD models
2 500 lbs (227 kg) 350 lbs (159 kg) 3 475 lbs (215 kg) 325 lbs (147 kg) 4 380 lbs (172 kg) 300 lbs (136 kg) 5 290 lbs (132 kg) 275 lbs (125 kg) 6 165 lbs (75 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg) 7 Towing not recommended
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 329
To estimate the tongue load Excessive tongue load reduces front tire traction and steering control. Too little tongue load can make the trailer unstable and cause it to sway.
You can estimate the tongue load by measuring the trailer hitch height from the ground in the following steps: 1. Park the vehicle on level ground. 2. Measure the distance between the ground and the bottom of the trailer hitch. 3. Connect the fully loaded trailer to the hitch. 4. Measure the distance between the ground and the bottom of the trailer hitch
again. 5. Subtract the second measurement from the first measurement, then refer to the
following table.
If the difference becomes more than indicated in the table, distribute the load or remove cargo as needed.
If the difference is 4WD models 2WD models 1 inches (2.5 cm) 150 lbs (68 kg)
1 1/2 inches (3.8 cm) 250 lbs (114 kg) 2 inches (5.1 cm) 350 lbs (159 kg)
2 3/8 inches (6.0 cm) 450 lbs (205 kg) 2 5/8 inches (6.7 cm) 500 lbs (227 kg)
329Continued
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
330
D rivin
g
1How to weigh the trailer loads using the public scale
Fully load the vehicle and trailer. An attendant who watches the scale is needed as all occupants should stay in the vehicle.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated weight of your cargo load to the weight of your trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo distribution.
Weight limit for 2WD models 4WD models
Front gross axle 2,811 lbs (1,275 kg)
2,910 lbs (1,320 kg)
Gross vehicle 5,368 lbs (2,435 kg)
5,677 lbs (2,575 kg)
Rear gross axle 2,734 lbs (1,240 kg)
2,965 lbs (1,345 kg)
Gross combined 8,036 lbs (3,645 kg)
9,833 lbs (4,460 kg)
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 330
How to weigh the trailer loads using the public scale Check each weight in the order indicated as shown. Refer to the table on the right for each weights limit except for the tongue load.
2 Tongue load P. 328
If you cannot weigh the rear axle, subtract 1 from 2. The maximum gross combined weight (4) decreases by 2% for every 1,000 feet
(305 meters) of elevation. To calculate the tongue load, subtract 5 from 6. Refer to the trailer owners manual for additional information.
1. Front gross axle weight.
2. Gross vehicle weight.
4. Gross combined weight.
3. Rear gross axle weight. 5. Hitched trailer weight. 6. Unhitched trailer weight.
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation D
rivin g
1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/ territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer maker for proper installation and setup of the equipment. Improper installation and setup can affect the handling, stability, and braking performance of your vehicle.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other items are recommended or required for your towing situation.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type and brand. If a connector is required, it should only be installed by a qualified technician.
Trailer packages and products: Ball mount, hitch plug, hitch pin etc. Wiring harness kit Trailer hitch kit (jumper harness included)
2 Trailer brakes P. 332 Are available at a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 331
Towing generally requires a variety of supplemental equipment. To ensure the best quality, we recommend that you purchase Acura equipment whenever possible.
Towing Equipment and Accessories
Continued 331
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
332
D rivin
g
1Trailer brakes
The 4-pin gray connector is located under the instrument panel near the top of the parking brake pedal.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 332
Trailer brakes Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more: There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes, be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to your vehicles hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a potential hazard. The 4-pin gray connector installed in your vehicle has all of the circuits required to install most electric trailer brake controllers.
Have a qualified mechanic install your trailer brake controller following the trailer brake controller manufacturers instructions. Failure to properly install the trailer brake controller may increase the distance it takes for you to stop your vehicle when towing a trailer.
Electric Brake (Light Green) (20A)
Ground (Brown)
Brake (Green)
Stop (Violet)
Trailer brake controller connectors terminals:
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation D
rivin g
1Trailer light
The trailer lighting connector is located behind the left side panel in the cargo area. Even if you are planning to use the non-Acura trailer lighting harness and converter, ask a dealer for the correct connector and pins.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 333
Trailer light Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the requirements in the area where you plan to tow.
We recommend that you have a dealer install a Acura wiring harness and converter. They are designed for your vehicle.
Hitches Read the trailer manufacturers instructions, and select the appropriate draw bar for the height of the trailer you will be towing.
Weight distribution hitches Your vehicle is designed to tow without the need for a load distributing hitch. If you wish to use one, please consult your trailer maker for proper installation and set-up. Improper set-up could degrade the handling, stability, and braking performance of your vehicle.
+B Trailer Charge
+B Trailer Hazard Light
+B Trailer Hazard Light
+B Trailer Back Light
Back Light
+B ELEC Brake
Right Turn Signal
Stop Light
Pins wiring color codes and their purposes:
+B Trailer Small IG2 HAC
Left Turn Signal
Continued 333
334
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 334
Safety chains Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
Sway control This device can be used if your trailer tends to sway. Your trailer maker can tell you what kind of sway control you need and how to install it. Improper installation could degrade the handling and stability of your vehicle.
Trailer mirrors Many states, provinces and territories require special exterior mirrors when towing a trailer. Install special mirrors whenever you cannot clearly see behind you, or if the trailer creates a blind spot.
Front Towing Grille An Accessory Front Towing Grille is required whenever a trailer is towed. You can get the accessory grille at a dealer.
Automatic transmission cooler
An additional ATF (automatic transmission fluid) cooler is required to keep the transmission from overheating when towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg). You can get the additional ATF cooler at a dealer.
4WD models
uuTowing a TraileruTrailer Stability Assist* D
rivin g
1Trailer Stability Assist*
Trailer stability assist is not a function that prevents the vehicle and trailer from swaying. Avoid high speeds, abrupt steering, improper trailer load, and sudden braking to keep the trailer from swaying. When swayed too severely, the system becomes ineffective, and you may loose control of your vehicle, causing the trailer to roll over or get damaged.
2 Driving Safely with a Trailer P. 336
Trailer towing sway is caused by: Crosswinds Improper towbar down load Excessive Speed
The VSA system indicator blinks during the trailer stability assist operation.
2 VSA Operation P. 402
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 335
Trailer Stability Assist*
Helps to stabilize the vehicle and trailer when the trailer severely sways.
How trailer stability assist works When the vehicle and trailer become unstable while driving, trailer stability assist determines the cause. If the trailer oscillation is detected as the cause, and the swaying increases, the system applies the brakes or controls engine output to reduce vehicle speed. Both the vehicle and trailer brake lights come on automatically if you brake to reduce vehicle speed.
335* Not available on all models
336
uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer
D rivin
g
1Driving Safely with a Trailer
Parking In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel chocks at each of the trailers tires.
1Towing Speeds and Gears
When towing a fixed-sided trailer (e.g., camper), do not exceed 55 mph (88 km/h). At higher speeds, the trailer may sway or affect vehicle handling.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 336
Driving Safely with a Trailer
Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition. Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.
2 Towing Load Limits P. 327
When towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,590 kg), use of gasoline with a pump octane number of 91 or higher is recommended. u Towing performance can be affected by high altitude, high temperature, or
steep uphill. Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer. Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving. Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly. Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare.
Drive slower than normal. Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers. Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.
Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal. Allow more time and distance for braking. Do not brake or turn suddenly.
Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer
Towing Speeds and Gears
Turning and Braking
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 337
Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the climate control system and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary.
Change the gear position to (S position if the transmission shifts frequently.
If the vehicle tires slip when retrieving a boat from the water, keep the transmission in (D and do not use the sequential shift mode in (S . This prevents damage to the transmission.
Towing Your Vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 531
Driving in Hilly Terrain
Retrieving a Boat
337
338
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 338
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 30 2 Precautions While Driving P. 345
Spinning the tires can also damage the SH-AWD system.
3WARNING Improperly operating this vehicle on or off pavement can cause a crash or rollover in which you and your passengers can be seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions and guidelines in this owners manual.
Keep your speed low, and dont drive faster than conditions permit.
General Information Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-road activities.
If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.
Important Safety Precautions To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and recommendations: Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 325
Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts. Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow. Its up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.
uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 339
Avoiding Trouble Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all
scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.
Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in a hazardous situation.
Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.
Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover or damage to your suspension or other components.
Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight up or down a slope is usually the safest. If you cant clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it before you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, dont try it. Find another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around. Back down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.
Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.
If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need to be towed. Front and rear tow hooks are provided for this purpose.
339
340
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 340
When Driving
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine. The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently below -22F (-30C) are expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to a higher concentration to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details. If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system.
Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless access remote is weak.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 513
The engine may not start if the keyless access remote is subjected to strong radio waves. Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to start the engine. If the engine does not start, wait at least 10 seconds before trying again.
Starting the Engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Depress the brake pedal. u Make sure the transmission is in (P .
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal. The engine will crank until it starts.
Brake Pedal
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D
rivin g
1Starting the Engine
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the engines fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 149
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 341
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. 1. Change the gear position to (P . 2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button with your foot on the brake pedal.
Stopping the Engine
Continued 341
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
342
D rivin
g
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*
If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. This distance may vary by external electrical interference. The engine may not start by the remote engine start if: You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the multi-information display (MID). The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The gear is in a position other than (P. The hood is open, or any door or the tailgate is
unlocked. You have already used the remote twice to start
the engine. Another registered keyless access remote is in the
vehicle. There is any antenna failure. Door is unlocked with the built-in key.
3WARNING Engine exhaust contains toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing carbon monoxide can kill you or cause unconsciousness.
Never use the remote engine starter when the vehicle is parked in a garage or other area with limited ventilation.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 342
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from extended distances.
To start the engine
The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the button, then press and hold the button. u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute
extension request was transmitted successfully. After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that the all the doors and the tailgate are locked.
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*
With the doors locked, Press the button, then press and hold the button.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Continues to blink during a vehicle self check until the engine starts.
Go within the range, and try again.
Green LED: Comes on while the engine is running.
Red LED: Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range.
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D
rivin g
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*
The engine oil pressure is low. The engine coolant temperature is extremely high. The telematics unit malfunctions. The security system alarm is not set.
Before starting the engine, make sure to check the door lock status using the remote. When you press the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and tailgate did not lock, and the engine does not start.
While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside: The air conditioning is activated in recirculation
mode. The seat ventilation is activated*. When it is cold outside: The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature. The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated. The seat and heated steering wheel are activated*.
2 Heated Steering Wheel* P. 196 2 Front Seat Heaters and Seat
Ventilation* P. 197, 198
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 343
To stop the engine
Press and hold the button for one second.
Go within the range, and try again.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Red LED: Comes on for one second to let you
know that the engine has stopped.
Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range. The engine will not stop.
Continued 343* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
344
D rivin
g
1Starting to Drive
The engine stops when the gear position is changed from (P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to drive.
When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote*
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and will not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 344
1. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button simultaneously.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that the parking brake indicator has gone off.
2 Parking Brake P. 412
3. Change the gear position to (D . Select (R when reversing. 4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
Hill start assist system Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Change the gear position to (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.
The brakes remain engaged briefly as you release the brake pedal.
Starting to Drive When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote*
When the engine was started in any case
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving D
rivin g
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE Do not change the gear position while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission.
NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on the full left or right position for a while, the system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not change the gear position to (N, as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as not to damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km). You should also follow this when the brake pads are replaced.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 345
Precautions While Driving
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control: Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle. Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible. Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity. Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.
Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Acura accessory).
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine, driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
In Rain
Other Precautions
345
346
uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission
D rivin
g
1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 30 2 Precautions While Driving P. 345
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 346
Automatic Transmission
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
Creeping
Kickdown
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
1Shifting
To prevent malfunction and unintended engagement: Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons. Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
buttons. Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
buttons.
The beeper sounds when you depress the accelerator pedal with the gear position in (N. Change the gear position to (D or (R with the brake pedal depressed.
When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (22F/30C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving.
3WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position Indicator.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 347
Shifting Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.
Shift button positions
Park Used when parking or starting the engine
Reverse Used when reversing
Neutral Used when idling
Drive Used for: Normal driving (gears change between 1st
and 9th automatically) Temporarily driving in the sequential
mode
Drive (S) Used for: Automatically changing gears between 1st
and 7th (7th gear is used only at high speed)
Driving in the sequential mode
347Continued
348
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 348
(P (park) button Park your vehicle in a safe place with the power mode in ON, then apply the brakes and press the (P button to put the transmission in Park. The indicators on the sides of the (P button come on.
(P Button
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
1Shift Operation
NOTICE When you change (D to (R and visa versa, depress the brake pedal to come to a complete stop, then select the intended gear position while maintaining brake pressure.
Use the gear position indicator and the shift button indicator to check the gear position before selecting a shift button.
If the indicator of the currently selected gear position, or all the gear position indicators are blinking simultaneously, there is a problem with the transmission. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometers red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt.
When the engine speed is increased while the transmission is in (N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometers red zone.
The beeper sounds once when you change to (R.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 349
Shift Operation
Gear Position Indicator
Tachometers red zone
Press the (P button.
Pull back the (R button.
Press the (N button.
Press the (D button.
Shift Button Indicator
M (sequential mode) Indicator
Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator
Press the (D button twice.
Continued 349
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
350
D rivin
g
1When opening the drivers door
You should always select (P before opening the drivers door. Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
2 When Stopped P. 425
If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position has automatically changed to (P under the described conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt, depress the brake pedal, then change the gear position.
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock the doors.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 350
In freezing or sub-freezing conditions, the electronic gear selector response may be slow. Always depress the brake pedal before changing the gear position to (P , and confirm that (P is shown on the gear position indicator before releasing the brake.
When opening the drivers door If you open the drivers door under the following conditions, the gear position automatically changes to (P . The vehicle is stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h) or
slower. The transmission is in other than (P. You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release the brake pedal.
When turning off the power mode If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in other than (P , the gear position automatically changes to (P .
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 351
If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] With the engine running: 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. 2. Select (N . 3. Within five seconds, press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
The power mode changes to ACCESSORY. u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an attendant do not remain in the vehicle.
u The gear position remains in (N with the power mode in ACCESSORY for 15 minutes, then, it automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to OFF.
Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on and the power mode changes to OFF.
351Continued
352
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 352
Restriction on selecting a gear position You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to unexpected crashes or damage.
1. When the transmission is in:
1. Under the circumstances of that:
2. You cannot select: 3. The gear position remains in/changes to:
How to change the gear position
(P
The brake pedal is not depressed.
Other gear position
(P
Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal.
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low speed without the brake pedal depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low speed with the accelerator pedal depressed.
(N, (D or (S The vehicle is moving forward. (R Stop your vehicle in a safe place, depress the brake pedal, and select the appropriate gear position.
(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D, (S
(R , (N, (D or (S The vehicle is moving. You cannot press the (P button.
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 353
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 9th gears without removing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.
When the transmission is in (D : The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.
Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push (D button to return to normal drive.
When the transmission is in (S The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometers red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. You can cancel this mode by holding the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator go off.
Sequential Mode
353Continued
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
354
D rivin
g
1Sequential Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
Recommended Shift Points Use this table as a guideline for efficient fuel economy and effective emission control.
If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking.
Shift Up Normal Acceleration 1st to 2nd 15 mph (24 km/h) 2nd to 3rd 25 mph (40 km/h) 3rd to 4th 40 mph (64 km/h) 4th to 5th 47 mph (76 km/h) 5th to 6th 52 mph (84 km/h) 6th to 7th 57 mph (92 km/h) 7th to 8th 62 mph (100 km/h) 8th to 9th 67 mph (108 km/h)
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 354
Sequential Mode Operation
Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear)
Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear)
Paddle Shifter (Shift down)
Paddle Shifter (Shift up)
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop* D
rivin g
1Auto Idle Stop*
The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details.
The duration of the Auto Idle Stop operation: Increases in the ECON mode, compared to when
the ECON mode is off, with climate control in use.
Auto Idle Stop may activate less frequently in such conditions as a traffic jam.
1Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
Press the Auto Idle Stop OFF button to restart the engine from the idling stop.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 355
Auto Idle Stop*
To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The indicator comes on.
The engine then restarts once the vehicle is about to move again, and the indicator goes off.
A message associated with Auto Idle Stop appears on the MID.
2 Indicators P. 83 2 Customized Features P. 121
If the drivers door is opened while the indicator is comes on, a buzzer sounds to notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function is in operation.
To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops. u The Auto Idle Stop system will stop and
the indicator (Amber) in meter will come on.
Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
355Continued* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop*
356
D rivin
g
1Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
When ACC with LSF is in operation, the vehicle stops without depressing the brake pedal and Auto Idle Stop may activate.
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated. If the hood is opened, the engine will not restart automatically.
In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button changes the power mode to ACCESSORY even while Auto Idle Stop is in operation. Once in ACCESSORY, the engine no longer restarts automatically. Follow the standard procedure to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 356
The vehicle stops with the gear position in (D and the brake pedal depressed.
Auto idle stop does not activate when: The drivers seat belt is not fastened. The engine coolant temperature is low or high. The transmission fluid temperature is low or high. The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5
km/h) after the engine starts. Stopped on a steep incline. A gear position other than (D . The engine is started with the hood open. u Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate
Auto Idle Stop. The battery charge is low. The internal temperature of the battery is 14F (10C). or less. The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below 4F
(20C) or over 104F (40C). The climate control system temperature is set to the Hi or Lo. is ON (indicator on). When the rear fan is set to maximum speed. u Auto Idle Stop may not activate under other conditions when the rear climate
control system is in use.
Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 357
Auto idle stop may not activate when: The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly. The steering wheel is operated. The fan speed is high. Altitude is high. The vehicle is repeatedly accelerated and decelerated at a low speed. The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between
the set temperature and the actual interior temperature. Humidity in the interior is high.
357Continued
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop*
358
D rivin
g
1The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
If you are using an electronic device during Auto Idle Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off when the engine restarts.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 358
The brake pedal is released.
The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed when: The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed. When a steering wheel is operated. The gear position is in a position other than (D . The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while
stopped on an incline. The pressure on the brake pedal is repeatedly applied and released slightly during
a stop. The battery charge becomes low. The accelerator pedal is depressed. The drivers seat belt is unlatched. is ON (indicator on). The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set
temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant. The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior.
Briefly keeps the brakes applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine. This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline.
The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
Starting Assist Brake Function
uuWhen DrivinguIntegrated Dynamics System (IDS) D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 359
Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. There are three IDS modes to select from: Comfort, Normal, and Sport. Press the IDS button to select a mode. The mode you have selected appears on the MID. You can customize the IDS mode default setting using the MID.
2 Customized Features P. 117
Normal Balanced driving performance for most driving situations.
Sport Enhances vehicle response feel through decreased steering assist, heightened throttle response, increased SH-AWD* torque bias, and modified active sound control.
Comfort Maximizes driver comfort through increased steering assist.
IDS Button
359* Not available on all models
360
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control*
D rivin
g
1Cruise Control*
It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed when driving uphill or downhill.
When not using cruise control: Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE*/ MAIN* button.
3WARNING Improper use of the cruise control can lead to a crash.
Use the cruise control only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 360
Cruise Control*
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.
Gear positions for cruise control: In (D or (S
When to use
Always keep sufficient distance between you and the vehicle in front of you.
Vehicle speed for cruise control: Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
How to use CRUISE MAIN is on in the instrument panel. Cruise control is ready to use.Press the CRUISE*/MAIN*
button on the steering wheel.
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 361
Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/ switch down when you reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the RES/+/SET/ switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
To Set the Vehicle Speed
RES/+/SET/ Switch
On when cruise control begins
Press down and release
On
361Continued
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control*
362
D rivin
g
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
You can set the vehicle speed pressing the RES/+/ SET/ switch down on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake pedals.
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+/ SET/ switch up while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations: When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) When the CRUISE*/MAIN* button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control is canceled automatically.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 362
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/ switch on the steering wheel.
Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: Press the CRUISE*/MAIN* button. Press the CANCEL button. Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
To Cancel
To decrease speed
To increase speed
CRUISE*/MAIN* Button
CANCEL Button
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera* D
rivin g
1Front Sensor Camera*
Never apply a film or attach any objects to windshield, the hood, or the front grill that could obstruct the cameras field of vision and cause the system to operate abnormally. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the cameras field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the cameras field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent the system from detecting lane lines properly.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 363
Front Sensor Camera*
The camera, used in systems such as LDW, FCW with Pedestrian Detection, LKAS, RDM, ACC with LSF, and CMBSTM, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the cameras sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it.
Camera Location and Handling Tips
Front Sensor Camera
363Continued* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera*
364
D rivin
g
1Front Sensor Camera*
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the air flow directed towards the camera.
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 364
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D
rivin g
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*
Important Reminder As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and other vehicles.
3WARNING Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead to a crash.
Use ACC with LSF only when driving on expressways or freeways and in good weather conditions.
3WARNING ACC with LSF has limited braking capability and may not stop your vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly stops in front of you.
Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal if the conditions require.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 365
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-distance behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle slows to a stop, decelerates and stops your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicles brake lights will illuminate.
When to use
Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with LSF range ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h). No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range ACC with LSF operates at the speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
Gear position for ACC with LSF: In (D or (S.
The radar sensor is in the front grille.
The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
365Continued* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*
366
D rivin
g
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*
When the MAIN button is pressed, ACC with LSF and Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are both turned on or off.
ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 371
When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
Do not use the ACC with LSF under the following conditions. On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic. On roads with sharp turns. On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such cases, the ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to maintain the set speed.
On roads with toll collection facilities or other objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking areas, or facilities with drive through access.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 366
How to activate the system
Press the MAIN button on the steering wheel.
ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel. ACC with LSF is ready to use.
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 367
When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/ switch when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins. When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. While stationary and a vehicle is ahead of you, the vehicle speed can be set, even with the brake pedal depressed.
When ACC with LSF starts operating, the vehicle icon, distance bars and set speed appear on the MID.
To Set the Vehicle Speed
On when ACC with LSF begins Press down and release
RES/+/SET/ Switch
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Distance
367Continued
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*
368
D rivin
g
1When in Operation
If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, the beeper sounds and a message appears on the MID. Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate distance from the vehicle ahead.
Even if the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances: The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle. A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the distance between the vehicles.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
Beep
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 368
There is a vehicle ahead ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your vehicles set speed in order to keep the vehicles set following-distance from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-distance P. 374
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than your set speed comes in or cuts in front of you and is detected by the radar and the camera, your vehicle starts to slow down.
When in Operation
ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears on the MID.
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D
rivin g
1When in Operation
Limitations You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe distance when using ACC with LSF. Additionally, ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 371
When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has stopped, the distance between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF following-distance setting, as follows: Short: 11.5 ft (3.5 m) Middle: 11.5 ft (3.5 m) Long: 13.1 ft (4.0 m) Extra Long: 16.4 ft (5.0 m)
2 To Set or Change Following-distance P. 374
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 369
There is no vehicle ahead Your vehicle maintains the set speed without having to keep your foot on the brake or accelerator pedal. If there previously was a vehicle detected ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.
While stationary and no vehicle is detected, ACC with LSF automatically cancels and a beeper sounds.
When you depress the accelerator pedal You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range. ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes the set speed. There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is lightly applied.
A vehicle icon with dotted-line contour appears on the MID.
Continued 369
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*
370
D rivin
g
1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop
3WARNING Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped while the ACC with LSF system is operating can result in the vehicle moving without operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator control can cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is stopped by ACC with LSF.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 370
A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The Stopped message appears on the MID. When the vehicle ahead of you starts again, the vehicle icon on the MID blinks. If you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down, or depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the previously set speed.
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D
rivin g
1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 416
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 371
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
Vehicle conditions The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The camera temperature gets too hot. The parking brake is applied. When the front grille is dirty. When the front of the vehicle tilts up due to heavy cargo in the cargo area or rear
seats. When tire chains are installed.
ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
Continued 371* Not available on all models
372
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 372
Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge. When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly. When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape. When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D
rivin g
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set following-distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 373
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/ switch on the steering wheel.
Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
To increase speed
To decrease speed
Continued 373
374
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 374
Press the (distance) button to change the ACC with LSF following-distance. Each time you press the button, the following- distance (the interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through short, middle, long, and extra long following- distances.
Determine the most appropriate following- distance setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-distance requirements set by local regulation.
To Set or Change Following-distance
Distance Button
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 375
The higher your vehicles following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following-distance becomes. See the following examples for your reference.
Following-distance When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short 83 feet
25 meters 1.1 sec
100 feet 31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle 110 feet
33 meters 1.5 sec
137 feet 42 meters
1.5 sec
Long 154 feet
47 meters 2.1 sec
200 feet 61 meters
2.1 sec
Extra Long
204 feet 62 meters
2.8 sec
265 feet 81 meters
2.8 sec
375Continued
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*
376
D rivin
g
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+/SET/ switch up.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the desired speed.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 376
To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the MAIN button. u ACC with LSF indicator goes off.
Depress the brake pedal. u When the LSF function has stopped the
vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF by depressing the brake pedal.
To Cancel
CANCEL Button
MAIN Button
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D
rivin g
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves, then press the RES/+/SET/ switch up.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 377
Automatic cancellation The beeper sounds and a message appears on the MID when ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC with LSF to automatically cancel: Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected. An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding. Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods. Abrupt steering wheel movement. When the ABS, VSA or CMBSTM is activated. When the ABS or VSA system indicator comes on. When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. When you manually apply the parking brake. When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your
vehicle. When a detected vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range while your vehicle
is stationary. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty. The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following causes. The drivers seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary. The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes. The engine is turned off. When trailer stability assist* is activated.
2 Trailer Stability Assist* P. 335
Continued 377* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*
378
D rivin
g
1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following-distance from a vehicle ahead of you.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 378
Press and hold the (distance) button for one second.
Cruise Mode Selected appears on the MID for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise.
To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and hold the button again for one second.
To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control
ACC with LSF ON
Cruise Control ON
Distance Button
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection* D
rivin g
1Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection*
Important Safety Reminder FCW with Pedestrian Detection cannot detect all objects ahead and may not detect a given object; accuracy of the system will vary based on weather, speed and other factors. FCW with Pedestrian Detection does not include a braking function. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can change the Forward Collision Warning Distance setting or turn the system on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 379
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection*
Alerts you when it determines the possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or pedestrian detected in front of you.
If the system determines a collision is possible, it gives visual and audible alerts. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes,
etc.).
How the system works For a possible collision with a vehicle: Warnings may be given when your vehicle speed is about 10 mph (15 km/h) and above. For a possible collision with a pedestrian: Warnings may be given when your vehicle speed is between about 10 and 62 mph (15 and 100 km/h).
Long
Normal
Short
Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead
You can set Long, Normal or Short for when warnings start:
379Continued* Not available on all models
380
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 380
The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
The beeper sounds and the BRAKE message appears in the MID until a possible collision is avoided.
Beep
Audible Alert
Visual Alerts
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 381
Automatic shutoff FCW with Pedestrian Detection may automatically shut itself off and the FCW with Pedestrian Detection indicator comes and stays on when: The temperature inside the system is high. You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period. An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.). The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty. Once the conditions that caused FCW with Pedestrian Detection to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.
381Continued
382
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 382
In certain conditions FCW with pedestrian Detection may: Not activate, or may not detect a vehicle or pedestrian in front of your vehicle. Activate even when you are aware of a vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle or pedestrian ahead. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles or pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving over bumps.
FCW with Pedestrian Detection Conditions and Limitations
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 383
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too hot. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
383Continued* Not available on all models
384
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 384
Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
Limitations pedestrians only When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side. Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrians
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian. When the pedestrian is squatting. When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)* D
rivin g
1Lane Departure Warning (LDW)*
Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, LDW has limitations. Over-reliance on LDW may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane.
LDW only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. LDW may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 385
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)*
Alerts you when the system determines a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings.
If your vehicle is getting too close to detected left or right side lane markings without a turn signal activated, LDW will give tactile and visual alerts.
The system applies steering torque you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, and the Lane Departure message appears on the MID, letting you know that you need to take appropriate action.
How the System Works
385Continued* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)*
386
D rivin
g
1How the System Activates
LDW may automatically shut off and the LDW indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 72
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 386
The system begins to search for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation.
Press the LDW button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on
when the system is on.
How the System Activates
LDW On and Off
Indicator
LDW Button
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 387
LDW may not activate or may not recognize lanes, and may activate even when keeping in the middle of a lane, under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
LDW Conditions and Limitations
387Continued
388
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 388
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines). When driving on roads with double lines.
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too hot. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* D
rivin g
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*
Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM system may not detect all lane markings or lane or roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
The RDM system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 392
There are times when you may not notice RDM functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or road surface conditions. If the Lane Departure message displays repeatedly and you do not apply responsive actions, the system beeps and cancels RDM functions.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 389
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system determines a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within the detected lane.
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message appears on the MID.
If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking. u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines. The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you.
How the System Works
389Continued* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*
390
D rivin
g
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the indicator comes and stays on. 2 Indicators P. 86
RDM system function can be impacted when the vehicle is: Not driven within a traffic lane. Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane. Driven in a narrow lane.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 390
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation. The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being
turned. The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
How the System Activates
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* D
rivin g
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the MID, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 391
Press the RDM button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the MID when the system is on.
RDM On and Off
RDM Button
Indicator
Continued 391
392
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 392
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
RDM Conditions and Limitations
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 393
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines). When driving on roads with double lines.
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too hot. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. When tire chains are installed.
393* Not available on all models
394
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
D rivin
g
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
Important Safety Reminders The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a substitute for your vehicle control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 107
Do not place objects on the instrument panel. Objects may reflect on the front windshield and prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.
LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 400
LKAS may not function as designed on while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves.
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 394
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off. If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
LKAS camera Monitors the lane lines
Tactile and visual alerts Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
Steering input assist The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to either of the lane lines.
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D
rivin g
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
When the vehicle enters the warning area, lane departure warning is provided by steering wheel vibration and display.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 395
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane, when the vehicle nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, LKAS alerts you with slight steering wheel vibration as well a warning display.
Lane Keep Support Function
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
Continued 395* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
396
D rivin
g
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 396
The system can be used when the following conditions are met. The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane. The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation.
How to activate the system 1. Press the MAIN button. u The LKAS is on in the MID.
The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button. u Lane outlines appear on the MID.
The system is activated.
When the System can be Used
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D
rivin g
1When the System can be Used
The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines again, it comes back on automatically.
1To cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF on and off.
Pressing the MAIN button also turns cruise control on and off.
Models with ACC
Models without ACC
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 397
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings.
To cancel the LKAS: Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.
Models with ACC is shown.
To cancel
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
Continued 397
398
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 398
The system operation is suspended if you:
Set the wipers to continuous operation. u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS. Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less. u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS.
Depress the brake pedal. u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal.
Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the wipers operate continuously. u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
or operate intermittently.
When the LKAS is suspended, the lane lines on the MID change to contour lines, and the beeper sounds.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 399
The LKAS may automatically be suspended when: The system fails to detect lane lines. The steering wheel is quickly turned. You fail to steer the vehicle. The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit.
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
The LKAS may automatically be canceled when: The camera temperature gets too high. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty. When driving through a sharp curve. When driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h). When the ABS or VSA systems engage.
A beeper will sound if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
399Continued
400
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 400
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 401
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines). When driving on roads with double lines.
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too hot. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
401* Not available on all models
402
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
D rivin
g
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
The VSA may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
VSA cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 402
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System VSA helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic system. You will also see the indicator blink.
VSA Operation
VSA System Indicator
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System D
rivin g
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
With the button pressed, your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA traction and stability enhancement becomes less effective.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the button pressed.
When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the button pressed if you are not able to free it without.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to press the button again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the button pressed (indicator on).
You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 403
This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially turn the VSA features on and off, press and hold it until you hear a beep.
The traction control stops fully functioning, allowing the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. The VSA OFF indicator will also come on.
To turn it on again, press the (VSA OFF) button until you hear a beep.
VSA is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.
VSA On and Off
VSA OFF Indicator
403
404
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist System
D rivin
g
1Agile Handling Assist System
The agile handling assist system cannot enhance stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA indicator comes on and stays on while driving, the agile handling assist system does not activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine compartment while the system is activated. This is normal.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 404
Agile Handling Assist System Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and helps support the vehicles stability and performance during cornering.
uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System* D
rivin g
1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System*
Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over reliance on BSI may result in a collision.
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur. The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to
obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind Spot Info Not Available MID appearing.
The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing.
The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions: A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds. A vehicle is parked in a side lane. The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).
An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle.
3WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 405
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System*
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as blind spots.
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes.
How the system works
Alert zone range A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Radar Sensors: underneath the rear bumper corners
Alert Zone A
B
C
The transmission is in (D. Your vehicle speed is
between 20 mph (32 km/h) and 100 mph (160 km/h)
405Continued* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System*
406
D rivin
g
1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System*
You can change the setting for BSI. 2 Customizable Features P. 120, 271
Turn the system off when towing a trailer. The system may not work properly for the following reasons: The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the
radar coverage. The trailer itself can be detected by the radar
sensors, causing the BSI alert indicators to come on.
BSI may be adversely affected when: Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are
detected. An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone. Driving on a curved road. A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane. The system picks up external electrical interference. The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly
repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. The orientation of the sensors has been changed. In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
For proper BSI use: Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind. Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 406
When the system detects a vehicle
Comes on when A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle.
You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
BSI Alert Indicator: Located near the outside rearview mirror on both sides.
Blinks and the beeper sounds when You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times.
Comes On
Blinks
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguSuper Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)* D
rivin g
1Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*
NOTICE Avoid continuously driving in sand or mud where a wheel is likely to spin out, and do not drive once the SH-AWD indicator starts blinking. Driving continuously under such conditions can damage the systems torque distribution unit.
Do not drive through deep water.
The SH-AWD system may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 475
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 407
Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*
The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions.
SH-AWD helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like slippery surfaces, such as snow, sand, mud, and steep hills, better than when driving with two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking. Be precautious about the following: It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply
brakes. Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.
407* Not available on all models
408
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
D rivin
g
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 522
Tire pressure checked and inflated in: Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather. Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation.
The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you are adjusting using audible and visual indications.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 522
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 408
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicles tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the MID.
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) D
rivin g
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The pressure displayed on the MID can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the MID do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitor Problem may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire, or there is a problem with the TPMS.
If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is reached. Stop filling the tire.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 409
To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until you see the tire pressure screen.
The pressure for each tire is displayed in psi (U.S.) or kPa (Canada).
Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen.
Tire Pressure Monitor
409
410
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 410
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicles handling and stopping ability.
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 411
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
411
412
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 412
Braking
1Parking Brake
NOTICE Release the parking brake fully before driving. The rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and Release Parking Brake appears on the MID.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking. To apply: Depress the parking brake pedal down with your foot.
To release: 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Depress the parking brake.
Parking Brake
uuBrakinguBrake System D
rivin g
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 413
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 415 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 414
Foot Brake
413
414
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
D rivin
g
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use an incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking is not affected, there is a possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS: When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or snow.
When tire chains are installed.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 414
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as stomp and steer.
ABS operation The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
ABS
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 415
Brake Assist System Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
415
416
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
D rivin
g
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
Important Safety Reminder The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions.
The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 420
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 416
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
How the system works
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
The radar sensor is in the front grille.
The CMBSTM activates when: The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian
detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision.
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
When to use
* Not available on all models
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D
rivin g
1When the system activates
The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions. Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection limitations from the list.
2 FCW with Pedestrian Detection Conditions and Limitations P. 382
The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front end of the dashboard. Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.
Lens
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 417
When the system activates
At systems earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/ Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through MID setting options.
2 List of customizable options P. 120, 271
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Beep
Head-up Warning Lights
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
Continued 417
418
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 418
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage.
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBSTM
The sensors detect a vehicle
E-pretensioner Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking
Stage one
There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal.
Stage two
The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced.
Retracts the drivers seat belt gently a few times, providing a physical warning.
Visual and audible alerts.
Lightly applied
Stage three
The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable.
Forcefully tightens driver and front passenger seat belts. Forcefully
applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle Ahead
Normal ShortLong
Your Vehicle
Vehicle Ahead
Your Vehicle
Vehicle Ahead
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D
rivin g
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 420
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 419
Press this button until the beeper sounds to switch the system on or off.
When the CMBSTM is off: The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument
panel comes on. A message on the MID reminds you that the
system is off.
The CMBSTM is in the previously selected ON or OFF setting each time you start the engine.
CMBSTM On and Off
Continued 419* Not available on all models
420
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 420
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 363
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations
* Not available on all models
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 421
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). When tire chains are installed. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The camera temperature gets too hot. Driving with the parking brake applied. When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
421Continued* Not available on all models
422
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 422
Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge. When a pedestrian blends in with the background. When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands or raised or they
are running. When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group. When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down. When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 423
Automatic shutoff CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the CMBSTM indicator comes and stays on when: The temperature inside the system is high. You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period. An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.). The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty. Once the conditions that caused CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.
423Continued
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
424
D rivin
g
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
For the CMBSTM to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the emblem or replace the emblem.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 424
The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
When Passing Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
At an intersection Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
On a curve When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you.
Through a low bridge at high speed You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
With Little Chance of a Collision
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 425
Parking Your Vehicle
rivin g
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.
1When Stopped
NOTICE The following can damage the transmission: Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously. Changing into (P before the vehicle stops
completely.
When facing uphill, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire inside the vehicle.
3WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position Indicator.
When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. 3. Change the gear position to (P . 4. Turn off the engine.
Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.
425
426
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*
D rivin
g
1Parking Sensor System*
Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.
The system may not work properly when: The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or
dirt, etc. The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,
bumpy road, or a hill. The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather. The system is affected by some electronic devices
that generate ultrasonic waves. Driving in bad weather.
The system may not sense: Thin or low objects. Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,
or sponge. Objects directly under the bumper.
Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 426
Parking Sensor System*
The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles near your vehicle. The beeper and audio/information screen let you know the approximate distance between your vehicle and the obstacle.
The sensor location and range
Within about 24 in (60 cm) or less
Front Corner Sensors Rear Corner Sensors
Rear Center Sensors
Within about 43 in (110 cm) or less
Front Center Sensors
* Not available on all models
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 427
Parking sensor system on and off With the power mode in ON, press the parking sensor system button to turn on or off the system. The indicator in the button comes on and the beeper sounds when the system is on.
The rear center and corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is in (R, and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The front corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is not in (P, and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
427Continued
428
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 428
When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter
*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.
Length of the intermittent beep
Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle Indicator Audio/information screen
Corner Sensors Center Sensors
Moderate Rear: About 43-24 in
(110-60 cm) Blinks in Yellow*1
Short About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm) About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm) Blinks in Amber
Very short About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm) About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
Continuous About 14 in
(35 cm) or less About 14 in
(35 cm) or less Blinks in Red
Indicators light where the sensor detects an obstacle
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System* D
rivin g
1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you set the gear position to (R, the indicator in the parking sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 429
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON. 3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button flashes. 4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off. u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.
To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds three times when the rear sensors come back on.
Turning off All Rear Sensors
429
430
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*
D rivin
g
1Cross Traffic Monitor*
3CAUTION Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all approaching vehicles and may not detect an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to back up the vehicle before doing so may result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when reversing; always also use your mirrors, and look behind and to the sides of your vehicle before reversing.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 430
Cross Traffic Monitor*
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
* Not available on all models
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D
rivin g
1Cross Traffic Monitor*
Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect an approaching vehicle, or may delay alerting you under the following conditions: A vehicle, which is parked adjacent to your vehicle,
is blocking the radar sensors scope. Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
(5 km/h) or higher. A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 and 16 mph (10 and 25 km/h). The system picks up external interference such as
other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt.
When there is bad weather. Your vehicle is on an incline. Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear. The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. Have a vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 431
The system activates when: The power mode is in ON. The Cross Traffic Monitor system is turned
on. 2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 433 2 Refer to the navigation system
The transmission is in (R . Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly behind your vehicle.
The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your vehicle, and it may not detect or alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.
How the System Works
Radar sensors: Underneath the rear bumper corners
Continued 431* Not available on all models
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*
432
D rivin
g
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to when the transmission is in (R, mud snow or ice may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if necessary.
If the comes on when the transmission is in (R, there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 432
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information screen.
When the System Detects a Vehicle
Wide ViewNormal View
Arrow Icon
Models with multi-view rear camera system
Top Down View
Rear Normal ViewRear Wide ViewRear Ground View
Arrow Icon
Models with surround view camera system
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D
rivin g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 433
You can switch on and off the system using the audio/information screen. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Camera Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Cross Traffic Monitor, then press . 4. Rotate to select On or Off, then press . 5. Press the BACK button to exit the menu.
Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
433
434
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 434
Multi-View Rear Camera*
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do not rely on the rearview display which does not give you all information about conditions at the back of your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
Fixed Guideline On: Guidelines appear when you change the gear position to (R. Off: Guidelines do not appear. Dynamic Guideline On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel direction. Off: Guidelines do not move.
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
See the Navigation System Manual.
The audio/information screen can display your vehicles rear view. The display automatically changes to a rear view when the gear position is changed to (R .
You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display. Press the selector knob to switch the angle.
If the last used viewing mode is Wide or Normal, the same mode is selected the next time you change the gear position to (R. If Top view was last used, Wide mode is selected.
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Guidelines
Bumper
Camera Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) Tailgate Open Range
Approx. 39 inches (1 m) Approx. 79 inches (2 m)
Approx. 118 inches (3 m)
Wide View Mode
Normal View Mode
Top Down View Mode
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 435
Refueling
rivin g
1Fuel Information
NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline.
Fuel Information Fuel recommendation
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura endorses the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of todays advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com In Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
Fuel tank capacity: 19.5 US gal (73.8 liters)
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
435
436
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
D rivin
g
1How to Refuel
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature.
If the fuel filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pumps fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity.
3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel.
Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away.
Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 436
How to Refuel 1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear.
2. Turn off the engine. 3. Press the fuel fill door release button. u The fuel fill door opens.
4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a release of air, wait until this stops, then turn the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.
5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder. 6. Insert the filler nozzle fully. u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands with a change in the temperature.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap, tightening it until you hear it click at least once. u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
Press
Cap
Holder
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 437
Fuel Economy
rivin g
1Improving Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For more information on how this test is performed, please visit http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven Gallons of fuel
Miles per Gallon
100 Liter Kilometers L per 100 km
Improving Fuel Economy Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the MID. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal. Maintain the specified tire pressure. Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicles underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
437
438
D rivin
g
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 438
Accessories and Modifications
1Accessories and Modifications
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicles handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding accessories and modifications.
Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions. Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicles airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.
Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 523
Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
Modifications Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Acura components that can affect its handling, stability, and reliability.
Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
* Not available on all m
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 439
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance ............ 440 Safety When Performing Maintenance..441 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service ........................................... 442
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 443 Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 447 Opening the Hood ........................... 448 Engine Compartment Cover............. 449 Recommended Engine Oil ................ 450 Oil Check......................................... 451 Adding Engine Oil ............................ 452
odels
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter... 453 Engine Coolant ................................ 455 Transmission Fluid............................ 457 Brake Fluid....................................... 458 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 458
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 459 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades...465 Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 469 Tire and Loading Information Label .. 470 Tire Labeling .................................... 470 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 472 Wear Indicators................................ 474
Tire Service Life................................ 474 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 475 Tire Rotation.................................... 476 Winter Tires ..................................... 477
Battery............................................... 478 Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 480 Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care* ........................... 482
Climate Control System Maintenance ..484 Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 485 Exterior Care.................................... 487
439
440
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 440
Before Performing Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are certified to EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the multi-information display (MID).
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 445
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a subscription to the Service Express website at www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 545
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records in the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
Inspection and Maintenance For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and inspection information.
Daily inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling.
Periodic inspections Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 458
Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 469
Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 459
Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 465
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance M
ain ten
an ce
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owners manual.
3WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owners manual.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 441
Safety When Performing Maintenance Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform a given task.
To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline.
Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off. Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts. Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts. u Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function* is activated.
Maintenance Safety
Vehicle Safety
441* Not available on all models
442
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 442
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 443
Maintenance MinderTM
ain ten
an ce
1Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the MID.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 445
Displayed Engine Oil Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil Life (%)
100 100 to 91 90 90 to 81 80 80 to 71 70 70 to 61 60 60 to 51 50 50 to 41 40 40 to 31 30 30 to 21 20 20 to 16 15 15 to 11 10 10 to 6 5 5 to 1 0 0
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the engine oil, appear on the MID. You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time.
To Use Maintenance MinderTM
1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until the engine oil life appears on
the MID.
Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Remaining Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Service Items
Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls
443Continued
444
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 444
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display (MID)
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
Maintenance Due Soon 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent. Once you switch the display by rolling the multi-function steering-wheel controls, this message will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced soon.
Maintenance Due Now 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 percent. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to switch to another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced as soon as possible.
Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has passed its service life, and a negative distance appears after driving over 10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km (Canadian models). Roll the multi- function steering wheel control to switch to another display.
The engine oil life has passed. The maintenance items must be inspected and serviced immediately.
U.S. Canada
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M
ain ten
an ce
1Maintenance Service Items
Independent of the Maintenance Minder information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km).
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy.
us areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission uires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission 00 miles (48,000 km). in very high temperatures (over 110F, 43C), in very low temperatures (under e every 60,000 miles/100,000 km. us areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher level of ress to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, luid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
Maintenance Sub Items te tires ace air cleaner element*2
ace dust and pollen filter*3
ct drive belt ace transmission and transfer* fluid*4
ace spark plugs ace timing belt and inspect water pump*5
ct valve clearance ace engine coolant ace rear differential fluid*, *6
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 445
Maintenance Service Items
Maintenance Minder MessageSystem Message Indicator
Sub Items
Main Item
*1: If the message Maintenance Due Now does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Main Items A Replace engine oil*1
B Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Check parking brake adjustment Check expiration date for tire repair kit bottle*
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots Inspect suspension components Inspect driveshaft boots Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA) Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect exhaust system#
Inspect fuel lines and connections# *4: Driving in mountaino temperature. This req Maintenance Minder. fluid changed at 30,0
*5: If you drive regularly -20F, -29C), replac
*6: Driving in mountaino mechanical (Shear) st recommended by the have the differential f
CODE 1 Rota 2 Repl
Repl Inspe
3 Repl 4 Repl
Repl Inspe
5 Repl 6 Repl
445Continued* Not available on all models
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
446
M ain
ten an
ce
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 446
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Go to the Maintenance Info. group.
2 Customized Features P. 117
3. Push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the MID.
4. Select Reset with the multi-function steering-wheel controls, then push the multi-function steering wheel control. u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%. u To cancel the oil life reset mode, select Cancel, then push the multi-function
steering-wheel controls.
Resetting the Display
Remaining Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Service Items
Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 447
Maintenance Under the Hood
ain ten
an ce
Brake Fluid (Black Cap)
Battery
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Washer Fluid
Radiator Cap
Engine Coolant Reserve Tank
Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
447
448
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
M ain
ten an
ce
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised. The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage either the hood or the wipers.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 448
Opening the Hood 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Push up the hood latch lever in the center of the hood to release the lock mechanism, and open the hood.
4. Lift the hood up most of the way. u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the
rest of the way and hold it up.
When closing, lower it to approximately 12 inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with your hands.
Hood Release Handle
Pull
Lever
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Cover M
ain ten
an ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 449
Engine Compartment Cover The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover. You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work. To remove the cover:
Remove the Engine Compartment Cover
449
450
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
M ain
ten an
ce
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 450
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engines performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institutes latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for the ambient temperature as shown.
Synthetic oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade.
Genuine Acura Motor Oil Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
Ambient Temperature
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check M
ain ten
an ce
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil being careful not to overfill.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 451
Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange). 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel. 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
Lower Mark
Upper Mark
451
452
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
M ain
ten an
ce
1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and engine damage.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 452
Adding Engine Oil 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 2. Add oil slowly. 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter M
ain ten
an ce
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 453
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engines lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi- information display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature, and then turn the engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap.
3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from the bottom of the engine, and drain the oil into a suitable container.
Drain Bolt
Washer
453Continued
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
454
M ain
ten an
ce
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The low oil pressure indicator should go off within five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check your work.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 454
4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil.
5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the oil filter base, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the oil filter rubber seal. 7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque:
29 lbfft (39 Nm, 4.0 kgfm) 8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter): 5.7 US qt (5.4 )
9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine.
10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter.
11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil.
Oil Filter
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant M
ain ten
an ce
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE If temperatures consistently below -22F (-30C) are expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to a higher concentration. Consult a dealer for more information.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicles cooling system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 455
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank.
2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
Reserve Tank
MAX
MIN
455Continued
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
456
M ain
ten an
ce
1Radiator
NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment.
3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 456
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.
2. Remove the engine compartment cover. 2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 449
3. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and relieve any pressure in the coolant system. Do not push the cap down when turning.
4. Push down and turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it.
5. The coolant level should be up to the base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully.
7. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back on the reserve tank.
Radiator
Radiator Cap
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid M
ain ten
an ce
1Automatic Transmission Fluid
NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicles transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) is not covered by Acuras new vehicle warranty.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 457
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.1 or higher
457
458
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
M ain
ten an
ce
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicles braking system and can cause extensive damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible.
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicles paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 458
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.
Refilling Window Washer Fluid If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the MID. Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Checking the Brake Fluid
Brake Reservoir
MIN
MAX
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 459
Replacing Light Bulbs
ain ten
an ce
1Headlight Bulbs
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
Headlight Bulbs Headlight bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Daytime Running Light Bulbs Daytime running light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Fog Light Bulbs*
Fog light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
459* Not available on all models
460
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Front Side Marker/Parking Light Bulbs
M ain
ten an
ce
1Front Turn Signal/Front Side Marker/Parking Light Bulbs
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center pin to remove the clip.
Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push until it is flat.
Push until the pin is flat.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 460
Front Turn Signal/Front Side Marker/Parking Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the holding clip and screw, pull the inner fender back.
2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it. 3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs Door mirrors have the side turn lights. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker/Parking Light: 28/8 W (Amber)
Clip
Inner Fender
Bulb
Socket
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light and Turn Signal Light Bulbs M
ain ten
an ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 461
Brake Light and Turn Signal Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the cover. u Starting at the bottom, carefully pull the
cover straight out, working upward until all pins are removed from their the grommets.
u The grommets should remain in the body.
2. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver to remove the bolts.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
Brake Light: 21 W Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W
Bolts
461Continued
462
uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillight and Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 462
4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it. Remove the old bulb.
5. Insert a new bulb. 6. Slide the light assembly onto the guide on
the body. 7. Align the pins with the body grommets,
then push in until they fully seat.
Taillight and Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs Taillight and rear side marker light bulbs are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Bulb Socket
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light M
ain ten
an ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 463
Back-Up Light When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge using a flat-tip screwdriver. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it. Remove the old bulb.
3. Insert a new bulb.
Back-Up Light: 21 W
Bulb
Socket
463
464
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulbs
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 464
Rear License Plate Light Bulbs Rear license plate light bulbs are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light Bulbs High-mount brake light bulbs are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Puddle Light Bulbs*
Puddle light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 465
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
ain ten
an ce
1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the windshield.
Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.
2. Place a cloth on the edge of the lock tab. Push the lock tab up with a flat-tip screw driver.
3. Slide the blade from the wiper arm.
Lock Tab
465Continued
466
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 466
4. Slide the wiper blade out from its holder by pulling the tabbed end out.
5. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade that has been removed, and mount to a new rubber blade. u Correctly align the rubber protrusion and
the retainer grooves.
6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder from the bottom end. u The tab on the holder should fit in the
indent of the wiper blade. 7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm,
then push down the lock tab. 8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
Blade
Retainer
Blade
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber M
ain ten
an ce
1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the windshield.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 467
Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Raise the wiper arm off.
2. Slide the wiper blade out from the end with the indent.
3. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and mount to a new rubber blade.
Blade
Retainer
Rubber
467Continued
468
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 468
4. Slide the wiper blade onto the holder. u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the wiper arm.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 469
Checking and Maintaining Tires
ain ten
an ce
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 46 psi (3040 kPa, 0.30.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced.
3WARNING Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance.
Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
Inflation guidelines Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the drivers doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month and before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to 20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm2) per month.
Inspection guidelines Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 474
Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
469
470
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
M ain
ten an
ce
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the drivers doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. P235/60R18 102V P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle). 235: Tire width in millimeters. 60: Aspect ratio (the tires section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 18: Rim diameter in inches. 102: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating).
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 470
Tire and Loading Information Label The label attached to the drivers doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information.
Tire Labeling The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of are described below.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
Label Example
Example Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Maximum Tire Load
Maximum Tire Pressure
Tire Size
Tire Sizes
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling M
ain ten
an ce
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation. B97R: Manufacturers identification mark. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year Week
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 471
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load Rating Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Glossary of Tire Terminology
471
472
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
M ain
ten an
ce
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 472
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Treadwear
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) M
ain ten
an ce
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 473
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Traction
Temperature
473
474
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 474
Wear Indicators The groove where the wear indicator is located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads.
Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear Indicator mark
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement M
ain ten
an ce
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3WARNING Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owners manual.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 475
Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tires sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can cause the ABS and vehicle stability assist (VSA) system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isnt possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.
Make sure that the wheels specifications match those of the original wheels.
475
476
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
M ain
ten an
ce
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Rotation Mark
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 476
Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the MID helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
Tires without rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.
Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.
Front
Front
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires M
ain ten
an ce
1Winter Tires
NOTICE Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicles brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturers instructions regarding vehicle operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be aware that these tires are not designed for winter driving conditions. For more information, contact a dealer.
3WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 477
Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires: Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. Mount the tires to all four wheels. For tire chains: Install them on the front tires only. Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
Follow the chain manufacturers instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can.
Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC Cable Chain ZT735
477
478
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 478
Battery
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Please consult a dealer for more information.
3WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it.
Checking the Battery The battery condition is being monitored by the sensor on the negative terminal. If there is a problem with the sensor, the warning message on MID will let you know. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
If your vehicles battery is disconnected or goes dead: The audio system is disabled.
2 Audio System Theft Protection P. 216
The clock resets. 2 Clock P. 128
The navigation system* is disabled. 2 Refer to navigation system manual
Charging the Battery Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicles electrical system. Always disconnect the negative () cable first, and reconnect it last.
* Not available on all models
uuBatteryuCharging the AGM Battery* M
ain ten
an ce
1Battery
The battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 479
Charging the AGM Battery*
AGM labeled batteries like those installed in your vehicle require a compatible charger to be properly charged. Damage to the battery can result if the battery is charged improperly or with the wrong equipment. For more information on how to charge your vehicles AGM battery, consult a dealer.
479* Not available on all models
480
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 480
Remote Transmitter Care
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer.
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
Models without remote control engine start system
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery M
ain ten
an ce
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE The Remote transmitter is equipped with two batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin button battery and an integral non-replaceable rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032 battery every three to four years.
Models with remote control engine start system
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 481
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key. u As a convenience, lightly place masking
tape over the remote buttons to hold them in place.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter. 3. Press down on the center of the assembly
and remove the battery. u When removing the button battery, be
careful not to touch parts around it. 4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
Models with remote control engine start system
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
481
482
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 482
Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care*
1Replacing the Battery
NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer.
Replacing the Battery
If it takes several pushes on the remote control buttons to operate the rear entertainment system, replace the battery.
1. Remove the cover. 2. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
Remote Control
Models with Rear Entertainment System
Battery type: BR3032
* Not available on all models
uuRemote Control and Wireless Headphone Care*uReplacing the Battery M
ain ten
an ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 483
If there is no sound coming from the wireless headphone, replace the battery.
1. Remove the screw.
2. Open the cover. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
Wireless Headphone
Battery type: AAA
Cover
Battery
483
484
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 484
Climate Control System Maintenance
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.
Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 485
Cleaning
ain ten
an ce
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them off using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Cleaning Seat Belts
Opening
Cleaning the Window
485Continued
uuCleaninguInterior Care
486
M ain
ten an
ce
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere with the front seat functions.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 486
The front floor mats hook over the floor anchors, which keep the mats from sliding forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mat.
Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and 10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
Floor Mats
Lock
Unlock
Maintaining Genuine Leather
uuCleaninguExterior Care M
ain ten
an ce
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can cause a malfunction.
Air Intake Vents
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 487
Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: If driving on roads with road salt. If driving in coastal areas. If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
Fold in the door mirrors. Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
Washing the Vehicle
Using an Automated Car Wash
Using High Pressure Cleaners
487Continued
uuCleaninguExterior Care
488
M ain
ten an
ce
1Applying Wax
NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe up spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 488
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicles paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicles paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly. Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.
Applying Wax
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Cleaning the Window
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
uuCleaninguExterior Care M
ain ten
an ce
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 489
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash. Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights. Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame surfaces. This also is not a malfunction. However, if you see large amounts water accumulation, or large water drops building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
489
490
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 490
* Not available on all m
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 491
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools Types of Tools .................................. 492
If a Tire Goes Flat Changing a Flat Tire* ....................... 493 Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*..... 500
Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine........................ 512 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak ............................................. 513
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 514 Jump Starting.................................... 515
odels
Overheating How to Handle Overheating............. 517
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ............................................. 519
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ................................................. 519
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ................................... 520
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On ....................................................521
If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On...........521
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ....................... 522
If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message ............ 522
Fuses Fuse Locations ................................. 523 Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 530
Emergency Towing........................... 531 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door.. 532 When You Cannot Open the Tailgate ..533
491
492
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 492
Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the cargo area.
Types of Tools
Wheel Nut Wrench/ Jack Handle
Jack
Jack Handle Bar
Towing Hook
Tool Case
Models with a compact spare tire
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 493
If a Tire Goes Flat
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Changing a Flat Tire*
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure. Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use them with another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire, as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.
Changing a Flat Tire*
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Change the gear position to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
493Continued* Not available on all models
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire*
494
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Changing a Flat Tire*
NOTICE Do not use the jack if it doesnt work properly. Call your dealer or a professional towing service.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 494
1. Push the rear edge of the handle on the floor lid and open the lid.
2. Take out the cargo floor box.
3. Take the jack, wheel nut wrench, and jack handle bar out of the tool case.
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
Handle
Cargo Floor Box
Tool Case
* Not available on all models
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire* H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 495
4. Remove the cover on the cargo area lining to access the shaft for the spare tire hoist.
5. Put the wheel nut wrench with the jack handle bar on the hoist shaft. Turn the wrench to the left to lower the spare tire to the ground.
6. Keep turning the wheel nut wrench to create slack in the cable.
7. Remove the bracket from the spare tire.
Cover
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench
Bracket
495Continued
496
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire*
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 496
8. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
9. Place the compact spare tire wheel side up under the vehicle body, near the tire that needs to be replaced.
10. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench.
Wheel Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire* H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (load) or may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely: Do not use while the engine is running. Use only where the ground is firm and level. Use only at the jacking points. Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly, and never get under the vehicle when it is supported only by the jack.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 497
1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in the image until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground.
How to Set Up the Jack
Jack Handle Bar Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle
Continued 497
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire*
498
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 498
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire. 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Wheel nut torque: 80 lbfft (108 Nm, 11 kgfm)
Replacing the Flat Tire
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire* H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Storing the Flat Tire
3WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants. Store the jack and tools securely before driving.
1TPMS and the Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure that it is correct.
Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 499
1. Remove the center cap and place the flat tire face up under the hoist.
2. Insert the hoist bracket into the center hole of the flat tire.
3. Turn the wheel nut wrench with the jack handle bar clockwise until the flat tire rests against the underbody of the vehicle and you hear the hoist click.
4. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench back in the tool case. Store the case in the cargo area.
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem appears on the multi-information display (MID), but this is normal.
If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the MID and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).
Storing the Flat Tire
Center Cap
Wheel Nut Wrench
Jack Handle Bar
TPMS and the Spare Tire
499
500
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*
The kit should not be used in the following situations. Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to have the vehicle towed. The tire sealant has expired. More than one tire is punctured. The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4mm). The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
Damage has been caused by driving with the tire extremely under inflated.
The tire bead is no longer seated. The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be able to repair the puncture using the kit.
NOTICE Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.
When the puncture is: Kit Use
Smaller than 3/16 inch (4 mm)
Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm)
No
Contact Area
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 500
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*
If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Change the gear position to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
* Not available on all models
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire* H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the instruction manual provided with the kit.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 501
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Instruction Manual
Air Only Hose (Black)
Pressure Relief Button
Inflator Switch
Selector Switch SEALANT/AIR side
Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) AIR ONLY side
Power Plug
Pressure Gauge
Tire Sealant Expiration Date
Repair Notification Label Speed Restriction Label
Continued 501
502
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 502
1. Pull the handle on the cargo area floor lid and open the lid.
2. Take out the cargo floor box.
3. Take the kit out of the case. 4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.
Handle
Cargo Floor Box
Case Tire Repair Kit
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire* H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily. In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away any spills immediately.
3WARNING Tire sealant contains substances that are harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get medical attention immediately.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool water and get medical attention if necessary.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 503
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
Injecting Sealant and Air
Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
Continued 503
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*
504
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than actual. After the sealant injection is complete the pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air compressor off only after the sealant injection is complete.
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 504
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 193
5. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting
sealant and air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 68
6. Turn the selector switch to SEALANT/ AIR.
SEALANT/AIR side
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire* H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
If the required air pressure is not reached within 15 minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an empty bottle.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 505
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the compressor. u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire. 8. When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air. 9. After the air pressure reaches 35 psi (240
kPa), turn off the kit. u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge. 10. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket. 11. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
12. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
Pressure Gauge
ON
OFF
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Pressure Relief Button
Continued 505
506
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 506
13. Apply the repair notification label to the flat surface of the wheel. u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes. u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Repair Notification Label
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire* H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 507
4. Recheck the air pressure using the air only hose on the compressor.
5. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY. u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure. 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 509
6. If the air pressure is Less than 19 psi (130 kPa): Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 531
35 psi (240 kPa) or more: Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). u If the air pressure does not go down after
the 10 minute driving, you do not need to check the pressure any more.
Air Only Hose
AIR ONLY side
ON
507Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*
508
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 508
Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less than 35 psi (240 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches 35 psi (240 kPa).
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 509
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). u You should repeat this procedure as long
as the air pressure is within this range. 7. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 8. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire* H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 509
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire. 1. Open the cargo area floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire P. 501
2. Remove the kit from the case. 3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.
5. Remove the valve cap.
6. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
Air Only Hose
Valve Cap
Valve Stem
Air Only Hose
Continued 509
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*
510
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 510
7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 193
8. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting
air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 68
9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY. 10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
AIR ONLY side
ON
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire* H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 511
12. Turn off the kit. u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor. u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button. 13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket. 14. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
511
512
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 512
Engine Does Not Start
cklist
tton message appears eak P. 513 perating range. ange P. 155
ess. at all
P. 523
e again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 340
g, the engine cannot be started.
Gauge P. 110
dealer.
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 515
Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Che Starter doesnt turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.
Check for a message on the MID. If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Bu
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is W uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its o
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating R Check the brightness of the interior lights. Turn on the interior lights and check the brightn If the interior lights are dim or do not come on
2 Battery P. 478 If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses
The starter turns over normally but the engine doesnt start. There may be a problem with the fuse. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engin Check the immobilizer system indicator. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinkin
2 Immobilizer System P. 149
Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel
Check the fuse. Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 530
If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 531
uuEngine Does Not Startu If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 513
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the MID, the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button flashes, and the engine wont start, start the engine as follows.
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the A logo on the keyless access remote while the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing. The buttons on the keyless access remote should be facing you. u The indicator flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within 10 seconds after the beeper sounds and the indicator changes from flashing to on. u If you dont depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
ENGINE START STOP
513
514
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the button while driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched off.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 514
Emergency Engine Stop The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the following operations: Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds. Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a safe place.
The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 515
Jump Starting
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting.
3WARNING A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery.
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood.
1. Pull up on the engine cover, remove it from the pins. u Start on the passenger side and lift the
outermost edge of the cover. u Move towards the driver side while
applying uniform upward pressure.
2. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicles battery + terminal.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the booster battery + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery, select a lower charging voltage than 15 volts. Check the charger manual for the proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the booster battery - terminal.
Jump Starting Procedure
Engine Cover Pin
Booster Battery
515Continued
516
uuJump Startingu
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 516
5. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the engine hanger as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicles engine and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicles engine. If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
Once your vehicles engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicles ground. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal. 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicles battery + terminal. 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
What to Do After the Engine Starts
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 517
Overheating
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge needle at the mark may damage the engine.
3WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming out.
H
How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses
power. Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
First thing to do 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then, open the hood.
H
517Continued
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
518
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible.
3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 518
Next thing to do 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature gauge needle goes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on.
Last thing to do Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs.
Reserve Tank MAX MIN
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 519
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery.
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. What to do as soon as the indicator comes on 1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place. 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on. What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes. 2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
2 Oil Check P. 451
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator. u The indicator goes off: Start driving again. u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine
and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the battery is not being charged. What to do when the indicator comes on Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
519
520
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 520
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink Comes on if there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose. Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least 10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
The message appears on when: An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being loose or not being installed.
What to do when the message appears: 1. Stop the engine. 2. Check if the fuel fill cap is fully installed. u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving. u The message should go off.
When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of the gasoline vapor. If this happens, follow the procedures described earlier to check the fuel fill cap.
Tighten Fuel Cap Message
uu Indicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 521
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on The brake fluid is low. There is a malfunction in the brake system. What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On
Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system. If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine. If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
U.S.
Canada
521
522
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
TPMS Fill Assist provides visual and audible assistance during tire pressure adjustment. With the power mode in ON, while you adjust tire pressure up or down, the system alerts you as follows: Below recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash once every five seconds. At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash rapidly for ~ five seconds. Above recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and lights flash twice every three seconds.
1If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
You may not be able to start the engine.
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking your vehicle.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 531
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 522
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire* is installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. What to do when the indicator comes on Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on the driver side doorjamb. What to do when the indicator blinks Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire* causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
Reasons for the indicator to blink There is a problem with the transmission. What to do when the indicator blinks Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Select (N after starting the engine. u Check if the (N position in the instrument panel and the indicator
on the (N button light/blink. u The engine cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is set.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 523
Fuses
Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, set Circuit protected and fuse rating
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type A
Tab
* Not available on all models
Circuit Protected Amps 1 STRLD*2 7.5 A 2 3 ACG FR 15 A 4 Washer 15 A 5 6 ECU FR 7.5 A 7 Starter*2 7.5 A 8 FI Sub 15 A 9 DBW 15 A
10 FI Main 15 A 11 IG Coil 15 A 12 DRL R 10 A 13 DRL L 10 A 14 Injector 20 A 15 Radio*1 20 A
*1:Models without Auto Idle Stop *2:Models with Auto Idle Stop
16 Back Up 10 A 17 MG Clutch 7.5 A 18 FR Fog* (20 A) 19 20 H/L HI R 7.5 A 21 22 Small*1 10 A 23 Gear Selector 15 A 24 H/L HI L 7.5 A 25 26 H/L LO R 10 A 27 H/L LO L 10 A 28 Oil LVL 7.5 A 29 Main Fan 30 A 30 Sub Fan 30 A 31 Wiper Main 30 A
Circuit Protected Amps
523Continued
524
uuFusesuFuse Locations
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 524
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. Located near the battery. Push the tabs to open the box.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type B
Tab
* Not available on all models
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps 1 Main Fuse 150 A
2
VSA MTR 40 A VSA FSR 20 A
Stop&Horn Hazard*
30 A Hazard*
RR Blower 30 A DC/DC 3* 60 A RR F/B-2 60 A AS F/B-2 60 A
EPS 60 A
3
H/L Washer* (30 A) IG1B Main 30 A R/B Main 60 A DR F/B-1 50 A AS F/B-1 50 A RR F/B-1 60 A
IG1A Main 30 A DR F/B-2 50 A
4 FI Main 40 A 5 FR Blower 40 A 6 RR DEF 40 A 7 IG1 Main ST 30 A
8 Stop & Horn* 20 A
Stop* 10 A 9 Hazard 15 A
10 BMS 7.5 A 11 Small LT* 7.5 A
Circuit Protected Amps
uuFusesuFuse Locations H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 525
Located near the + terminal on the battery.
Pull up the cover. Replacement of this fuse should be done by a dealer.
Fuse location is shown on the back of the positive battery terminal cover.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type C
Fuse
Positive Battery Terminal Cover
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps Fan Main 60 A
525Continued
526
uuFusesuFuse Locations
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 526
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on the outer side of the side panel cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number.
Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box Type A
Fuse Box
Fuse Label
* Not available on all models
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps 1 AS Door Lock 10 A 2 RR AS Door Lock 7.5 A 3 DR Door Lock 7.5 A 4 FR AS Door Unlock 10 A 5 RR AS Door Unlock 7.5 A 6 DR Door Unlock 7.5 A 7 D/L Main 20 A 8 9 ETS TELE 20 A 10 IG1 RR 15 A
11 Meter*
Shifter* 7.5 A
12 IG1 FR 20 A 13 ACC 7.5 A 14 15 DR P/Seat (SLI) 20 A 16 S/R 20 A
17 RR DR P/W 20 A 18 Smart 10 A 19 FR DR P/W 20 A 20 21 Fuel Pump 20 A 22 IG1 AS 15 A
23 ABS/VSA*
Smart* 7.5 A
24 ACG AS 7.5 A 25 STRLD* 7.5 A 26 IG2 HAC 7.5 A 27 DRL (7.5 A) 28 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A 29 DR P/Seat (LUM) 7.5 A 30 INT Lights 7.5 A 31 ETS TILT 20 A 32 DR P/Seat (REC) 20 A 33 34
Circuit Protected Amps
uuFusesuFuse Locations H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 527
Located under the type A drivers side interior fuse box. Take off the cover to open.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on the back side of the side panel cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number.
Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box Type B*
Fuse Box Side Panel Cover
Fuse Label
* Not available on all models
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps 1 VST 1 30 A 2 Horn 10 A 3 VST 2 30 A 4 5 6 7 8 9 Meter 10 A
10 RES* 7.5 A 11 MICU 7.5 A 12 EPS/VSA 7.5 A 13 Audio/TCU 7.5 A 14 Back Up 10 A 15 Audio/ANC 20 A
527Continued
528
uuFusesuFuse Locations
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 528
Located on the lower side panel. Take off the cover to open.
Fuse locations are shown on the cover.
Passengers Side Interior Fuse Box
Cover
Fuse Label
* Not available on all models
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps 1 EPTR* (30 A) 2 RR AS P/W 20 A 3 ACM 20 A 4 FR DEF* (15 A) 5 AVS Heated Seat 20 A 6 FR AS P/W 20 A 7 AS P/Seat (SLI) 20 A 8 AS P/Seat (REC) 20 A 9 AS P/Seat (LUM) (7.5 A) 10 Spare 5 A 11 Heated Steering* (10 A) 12 13
14 RR ACC Socket 20 A 15 FR ACC Socket 20 A 16 17 18 AMP 30 A 19 SRS 10 A 20 AS ECU 7.5 A 21 Option 7.5 A 22 23 24 OPDS 7.5 A 25 ILLUMI (INT) 5 A 26 EPTL* (30 A) 27 CTR ACC Socket 20 A 28 AC INVTR (30 A)
Circuit Protected Amps
uuFusesuFuse Locations H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 529
Located on the left side of cargo area. Remove the cover by prying on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratches.
Fuse locations are shown on the cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number.
Rear Fuse Box
Fuse Label
Fuse Box Cover
* Not available on all models
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps 1 PTG Closer 20 A 2 Trailer Small LT* (20 A) 3 4 Fuel Lid 7.5 A 5 Seat Slide 20 A 6 7 RR Heat Seat* (20 A) 8 9 Trailer Charge* (20 A)
10 Trailer Back LT* (7.5 A) 11 Trailer Hazard* (7.5 A) 12 Rear Wiper 10 A 13 Rear ECU 7.5 A 14 4WD (20 A) 15 16 17 Trailer E-Brake* (20 A) 18 PTG MTR 40 A
529
530
uuFusesu Inspecting and Changing Fuses
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on P. 523 to P. 529.
There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse box.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 530
Inspecting and Changing Fuses 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover. 3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment. u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a new one.
Combined Fuse
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 531
Emergency Towing
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicles weight.
NOTICE Improper towing such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
Flat bed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
Wheel lift equipment The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle.
All models
2WD models
531
532
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 532
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
1What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked.
1. Open the tailgate. 2. Lift the cargo floor lid by the handle in the
center. 3. Remove the cargo floor box and set it aside. 4. Wrap a cloth around the flat-tip
screwdriver. Put it into the cover slot as shown in the image, and remove the cover.
5. Pull the release lever toward you. u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door
when it is pulled.
What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
Cover
Release Lever
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 533
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
What to do-following up After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure there is enough space around the tailgate, and it does not hit anyone or any object.
If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure. 1. Wrap a cloth around the flat-tip
screwdriver. Put it into the cover as shown in the image, and remove the cover.
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate while sliding the lever to the right.
What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
Cover
Lever
533
534
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 534
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 535
Information
This chapter includes your vehicles specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 536 Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number ......................................... 538
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 539 Reporting Safety Defects ................. 540
Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 541
Warranty Coverages ........................ 543 Authorized Manuals......................... 545 Client Service Information ............... 546
535
536
In fo
rm atio
n
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 536
Specifications
Vehicle Specifications
*1: 2WD models *2: AWD models
Model Acura MDX No. of Passengers: Front 2 Rear 2nd Row 3
3rd Row 2 Total 7 Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
U.S.: 5,368 lbs (2,435 kg)*1
5,677 lbs (2,575 kg)*2
Canada: 2,575 kg Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front)
U.S.: 2,811 lbs (1,275 kg)*1
2,910 lbs (1,320 kg)*2
Canada: 1,320 kg Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear)
U.S.: 2,734 lbs (1,240 kg)*1
2,965 lbs (1,345 kg)*2
Canada: 1,345 kg Gross Combined Weight Rating
U.S.: 8,036 lbs (3,645 kg)*1
9,833 lbs (4,460 kg)*2
Canada: 4,460 kg Air Conditioning: Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a) Charge Quantity 23.8 25.6 oz (675 725 g) Lubricant Type PAG RL897
* Not available on all models
Engine Specifications
Fuel
Washer Fluid
Displacement 211.8 cu-in (3,471 cm3) Spark Plugs NGK DILZKR7B11G
Type Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 19.5 US gal (73.8 )
Tank Capacity U.S.: 4 US qt (3.8 ) Canada: 5.6 US qt (5.3 )
Light Bulbs
Brake Fluid
Headlights (High/Low Beam) LED Fog Lights* LED Front Turn Signal/Side Marker/ Parking Lights
28/8 W (Amber)
Daytime Running Lights LED Side Turn Signal Lights (on Door Mirrors)
LED
Brake Lights 21 W Rear Side Marker Lights LED Taillights LED Back-Up Lights 21 W Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W High-Mount Brake Light LED Rear License Plate Light LED Puddle Lights* LED Interior Lights
Front, Second Row and Third Row Lights
LED
Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W Door Inner Handle Lights LED Console Compartment Light 1.4 W Glove Box Light 1.4 W Foot Lights 5 W Cargo Area Lights 5 W
Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
uuSpecificationsu In
fo rm
atio n
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 537
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Rear Differential Fluid*
Transfer Assembly Fluid*
Specified Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.1 or higher
Capacity Change 3.5 US qt (3.3 )
Specified Acura DPSF-II Capacity Change 1.92 US qt (1.82 )
Specified Acura Hypoid Gear Oil HGO-1 Hypoid gear oil SAE 75W-85 or SAE 90 (API grade GL4 or GL5)
Capacity Change 0.45 US qt (0.43 )
* Not available on all models
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
Recommended Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20 API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 5.4 US qt (5.1 ) Change including filter
5.7 US qt (5.4 )
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity 1.93 US gal (7.3 ) (change including the remaining 0.19 US gal (0.72 ) in the reserve tank)
Tire
*1: Model with 18 inch wheel *2: Model with 19 inch wheel
Regular Size
245/60R18 105H*1
245/55R19 103H*2
Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
35 (240 [2.4])
Compact Spare*
Size T165/80D17 104M Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size Regular
18 x 8J*1
19 x 8J*2
Compact Spare* 17 x 4T
537
538
In fo
rm atio
n
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 538
Identification Numbers
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is located under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The locations of your vehicles VIN, engine number and transmission number are shown as follows.
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/Vehicle Identification Number
Automatic Transmission Number
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 539
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
fo rm
atio n
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below:
As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/310. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
AcuraLink Audio System Blind Spot Information System*
Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth HandsFreeLink HomeLink Universal Transceiver Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM*
Immobilizer System Remote Transmitter Keyless Access System Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*
539* Not available on all models
540
In fo
rm atio
n
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 540
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov.
In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canadas Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 541
Emissions Testing
fo rm
atio n
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer.
Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle has Readiness Codes, as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. Some States use these codes as a test to see if your vehicles emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more. 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40F and 95F (4C and 35C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about 3 minutes. 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
541Continued
542
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
In fo
rm atio
n
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 542
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 543
Warranty Coverages
fo rm
atio n
U.S. Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty these two warranties cover your vehicles emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty all exterior body panels are covered for rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.
Accessory Limited Warranty Acura accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty covers all Acura replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship.
543Continued
544
uuWarranty Coveragesu
In fo
rm atio
n
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 544
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicles original tires are covered by their manufacturer. Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 545
Authorized Manuals
fo rm
atio n
Service Express For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
For U.S. Owners: Manuals be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
For Canadian Owners: Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
545
546
In fo
rm atio
n
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 546
Client Service Information
1Client Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following information: Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number P. 538
Date of purchase Odometer reading of your vehicle Your name, address, and telephone number A detailed description of the problem Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
Acura dealer personnel are trained professionals.
They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the dealerships service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the decision made by the dealerships management, contact Acura Client Relations/ Services.
U.S. Owners: American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 500-2N-7E 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Tel: (800) 382-2238
Canadian Owners: Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-Mail: ch_acura_cr@ch.honda.com
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands: Bella International P.O. Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: (787) 620-7546
Index
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 547
Index
In d
ex
A AAC ................................................... 238, 248 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) .................. 414 AC Power Outlet ...................................... 194 Accessories and Modifications ................ 438 Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 193 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ................................. 365 Indicator ................................................... 87
Additives Coolant .................................................. 455 Engine Oil ............................................... 450 Washer ................................................... 458
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 450 Adjusting
Armrest .................................................. 185 Front Seats.............................................. 175 Head Restraints....................... 178, 179, 180 Headlights .............................................. 459 Mirrors.................................................... 172 Rear Seats............................................... 182 Second Row Seat .................................... 176 Steering Wheel ....................................... 171 Temperature ........................................... 113
Agile Handling Assist System .................. 404 AhaTM Menu ............................................. 247 AhaTM Radio.............................................. 258 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System).................................................... 200 Changing the Mode................................ 203
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ............................................... 207
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 484 Rear Climate Control System ................... 208 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 205 Sensors.................................................... 212 Synchronized Mode................................. 204 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 200
Air Pressure ....................................... 470, 537 Airbags ........................................................ 41
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 47 After a Collision......................................... 45 Airbag Care............................................... 55 Drivers Knee Airbag.................................. 48 Event Data Recorder .................................... 0 Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 44 Indicator .............................................. 53, 77 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 54 Sensors...................................................... 41 Side Airbags .............................................. 50 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 52
AM/FM Radio ............................................ 231 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 414
Indicator .................................................... 77 Armrest ..................................................... 185 Audio Remote Controls............................ 217 Audio System ............................................ 214
Adjusting the Sound................................ 229 Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 215 Error Messages ........................................ 254 General Information ................................ 259
Internet Radio ......................................... 245 iPod ........................................................ 241 MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 238, 248 Reactivating ............................................ 216 Recommended CDs................................. 260 Recommended Devices............................ 262 Remote Controls ..................................... 217 Security Code.......................................... 216 Shortcuts................................................. 220 Theft Protection ...................................... 216 USB Flash Drives .............................. 248, 262 USB Port.................................................. 215
Authorized Manuals ................................ 545 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 141
Customize....................................... 123, 275 Auto Idle Stop .......................................... 355
OFF Button.............................................. 355 Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)............... 83 Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber) ..................................................... 83
Automatic Intermittent Wipers............... 164 Automatic Lighting .................................. 160 Automatic Transmission........................... 346
Creeping ................................................. 346 Fluid........................................................ 457 Kickdown................................................ 346 Operating the Shift Button ...................... 349 Shifting ................................................... 347
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 215 Average Fuel Economy ............................ 113 Average Speed ......................................... 114
547
548
In d
ex
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 548
AWD .......................................................... 407
B Back-Up Light............................................ 463 Battery....................................................... 478
Charging System Indicator ................. 73, 519 Jump Starting .......................................... 515 Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 478
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 33 Beverage Holders...................................... 191 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System........ 405
Indicator .................................................... 90 Bluetooth Audio ..................................... 251 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink ..................... 284 Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 67 Brake System............................................. 412
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 414 Brake Assist System ................................. 415 Brake System Indicator............................... 72 Fluid ........................................................ 458 Foot Brake ............................................... 413 Indicator ............................................ 72, 521 Parking Brake .......................................... 412
Brake System (Amber) Indicator .................................................... 72
Brake System (Red) Indicator ............................................ 72, 521
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) .... 167 BSI (Blind Spot Information) System........ 405
Bulb Replacement .................................... 459 Back-Up Light.......................................... 463 Brake Light and Turn Signal Light ............ 461 Daytime Running Light ............................ 162 Fog Lights ............................................... 459 Front Turn Signal/Front Side Marker/ Parking Light ......................................... 460
Headlights............................................... 459 High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 464 LED Puddle Light ..................................... 464 Puddle Lights........................................... 464 Rear License Plate Light ........................... 464 Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light...................................................... 460
Taillight and Rear Side Marker Light ........ 462 Bulb Specifications ................................... 536
C Car Wash Mode ........................................ 351 Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 68 Carrying Cargo ................................. 323, 325 CD Player................................................... 238 Center Pocket ........................................... 190 Certification Label .................................... 538 Changing Bulbs ........................................ 459 Charging System Indicator................. 73, 519 Child Safety................................................. 56
Childproof Door Locks............................. 140 Child Seat.................................................... 56
Booster Seats ............................................ 67
Child Seat for Infants ................................ 58 Child Seat for Small Children .................... 59 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt ................................................. 63
Larger Children ......................................... 66 Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 58 Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 60
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 140 Cleaning the Exterior............................... 487 Cleaning the Interior ............................... 485 Client Service Information....................... 546 Climate Control System ........................... 200
Changing the Mode................................ 203 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows .............................................. 207
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 484 Rear Climate Control System................... 208 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 205 Sensors ................................................... 212 Synchronized Mode ................................ 204 Using Automatic Climate Control............ 200
Clock ......................................................... 128 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM) ................................................ 416
Coat Hook ................................................ 195 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ................................................. 416
Compact Spare Tire.......................... 493, 537 Compass.................................................... 318 Console Compartment............................. 189 Controls .................................................... 127
In d
ex
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 549
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 455 Adding to the Radiator ........................... 456 Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 455 Overheating............................................ 517
Creeping (Automatic Transmission)........ 346 Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 430 Cruise Control .......................................... 360
Indicator ................................................... 81 Cup Holders .............................................. 191 Customized Features ....................... 117, 263
D Daytime Running Lights .......................... 162 Dead Battery ............................................ 515 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ................................................. 207
Detachable Anchor .................................... 38 Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 539 Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 159 Rearview Mirror ...................................... 172
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 451 Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 158 Door Mirrors............................................. 173 Doors ........................................................ 129
Auto Door Locking.................................. 141 Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 141 Door Open Message ................................. 32 Keys........................................................ 129
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside............................................... 13, 138
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside.................................................. 131
Lockout Prevention System ...................... 135 DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 472 Drivers Knee Airbag .................................. 48 Driving....................................................... 321
Automatic Transmission........................... 346 Braking.................................................... 412 Cruise Control ......................................... 360 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............... 338 Shifting Gear ........................................... 347 Starting the Engine .................................. 340
Driving Position Memory System............. 169 Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 484
E Elapsed Time ............................................. 114 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............. 402 Emergency ................................................ 531 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 541 Engine ....................................................... 538
Coolant ................................................... 455 Jump Starting .......................................... 515 Oil ........................................................... 450 Remote Engine Start ................................ 342 Starting ................................................... 340
Engine Compartment Cover .................... 449
Engine Coolant......................................... 455 Adding to the Radiator............................ 456 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 455 Overheating ............................................ 517 Temperature Gauge ................................ 110
Engine Oil ................................................. 450 Adding.................................................... 452 Checking................................................. 451 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 443 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 73, 519 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 450
ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 155 e-pretensioners........................................... 35 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ............................................... 79, 521
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 68 Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 487 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 173
F FCW (Forward Collision Warning)........... 379 Features .................................................... 213 Filters
Dust and Pollen ....................................... 484 Oil........................................................... 453
Flat Tire ............................................. 493, 500 Floor Mats................................................. 486
549
550
In d
ex
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 550
Fluids Automatic Transmission........................... 457 Brake....................................................... 458 Engine Coolant........................................ 455 Windshield Washer.................................. 458
Fog Lights.................................................. 162 Folding Down the Second Row Seat ....... 183 Folding Down the Third Row Seat .......... 184 Foot Brake................................................. 413 Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection .............................. 379
Front Airbags (SRS) ..................................... 44 Front Seats ................................................ 175
Adjusting................................................. 175 Front Sensor Camera ................................ 363 Fuel ...................................................... 20, 435
Economy ................................................. 437 Gauge ..................................................... 110 Instant Fuel Economy............................... 114 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 76 Range...................................................... 114 Recommendation .................................... 435 Refueling ................................................. 435
Fuel Economy............................................ 437 Fuel Fill Cap......................................... 20, 436
Message.................................................. 520 Fuel Fill Door....................................... 20, 436
Unable to Unlock..................................... 532 Fuses .......................................................... 523
Inspecting and Changing ......................... 530 Locations ......................... 523, 526, 528, 529
G Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 437 Gauge..................................................... 110 Information ............................................. 435 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 76 Refueling................................................. 435
Gauges ...................................................... 110 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 74, 349 Gear Shift Positions
Automatic Transmission .......................... 347 Glass (care)................................................ 488 Glove Box.................................................. 188
H Handling the Unexpected........................ 491 HandsFreeLink (HFL)............................... 284
Auto Answer........................................... 299 Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History ..................................... 301
Automatic Transferring............................ 299 Displaying Messages................................ 314 HFL Buttons............................................. 284 HFL Menus .............................................. 286 HFL Status Display ................................... 285 Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 285 Making a Call .......................................... 305 Options During a Call .............................. 311 Phone Setup............................................ 291 Receiving a Call ....................................... 310
Receiving a Text Message/e-mail ............. 312 Ring Tone ............................................... 300 Selecting a Mail Account......................... 313 Speed Dial .............................................. 302 To Create a Security PIN.......................... 298 To Set Up a Text/e-mail message Options................................................. 296
Use Contact Photo.................................. 300 Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4 HDMI Jack..................................................... 7 Head Restraints ........................ 178, 179, 180 Headlight Washers................................... 166 Headlights ................................................ 159
Aiming.................................................... 459 Automatic Operation .............................. 160 Dimming......................................... 159, 162 Operating ............................................... 159
Heated Door Mirrors ............................... 168 Heated Steering Wheel ........................... 196 Heated Windshield Button...................... 168 Heater (Steering Wheel).......................... 196 Heaters (Seat) ................................... 197, 198 HFL (HandsFreeLink) .............................. 284 High Beam Indicator .................................. 79 Hill Start Assist System ............................. 344 HomeLink Universal Transceiver ........... 282
I Identification Numbers............................ 538
Engine and Transmission......................... 538
In d
ex
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 551
Vehicle Identification............................... 538 IDS (Integrated Dynamics System) .......... 359 IDS Button ................................................ 359 Illumination Control ................................ 167
Button .................................................... 167 Immobilizer System.................................. 149
Indicator ................................................... 80 Indicators .................................................... 72
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ................... 87, 365
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 77 Auto Idle Stop........................................... 83 Auto Idle Stop System............................... 83 Blind Spot Information (BSI) .............. 90, 406 Brake System (Amber)............................... 72 Brake System (Red) ........................... 72, 521 Charging System............................... 73, 519 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) .......................................... 90, 91
CRUISE CONTROL ............................. 81, 361 CRUISE MAIN.................................... 81, 360 Fog Lights ................................................. 80 Gear Position ............................................ 74 High Beam................................................ 79 Immobilizer System ................................... 80 Keyless Access System............................... 82 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ................ 85 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ... 89, 396 Lights On .................................................. 80 Low Fuel ................................................... 76 Low Oil Pressure ............................... 73, 519
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............................. 79 Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 73, 520 Parking Brake and Brake System ........ 72, 521 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).............. 86 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 34, 76 Security System Alarm ............................... 81 Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .................................... 79, 521
Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM .............. 82 Supplemental Restraint System ............ 53, 77 System Message ........................................ 81 Turn Signal ................................................ 79 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System............................................. 78, 402
VSA OFF .......................................... 78, 403 Information............................................... 535 Instrument Panel ........................................ 71
Brightness Control ................................... 167 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) ........... 359
IDS Button............................................... 359 Interface Dial ............................................ 218 Interior Lights ........................................... 186 Interior Rearview Mirror .......................... 172 iPhone ............................................... 245, 262 iPod ................................................... 241, 262
J Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 497 Jump Starting ........................................... 515
K Key Number Tag....................................... 130 Keyless Access System .............................. 132 Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 135 Keys ........................................................... 129
Lockout Prevention.................................. 135 Number Tag ............................................ 130 Rear Door Wont Open............................ 140 Remote Transmitter................................. 131 Two-way Keyless Access Remote ............. 129 Types and Functions ................................ 129
Kickdown (Automatic Transmission)....... 346
L Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ............. 385 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)......... 394
Indicator.................................................... 89 Language (HFL) ........................................ 285 LATCH (Child Seats).............................. 61, 64 LDW (Lane Departure Warning) ............. 385 LED Puddle Light ...................................... 134 Lights................................................. 159, 459
Automatic ............................................... 160 Bulb Replacement ................................... 459 Daytime Running Lights........................... 162 High Beam Indicator.................................. 79 Interior .................................................... 186 Light Switches ......................................... 159 Lights On Indicator .................................... 80 Turn Signals ............................................ 158
551
552
In d
ex
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 552
Load Limits ................................................ 325 Locking/Unlocking .................................... 129
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 141 Childproof Door Locks ............................. 140 From Inside.............................................. 138 From Outside........................................... 131 Keys ........................................................ 129 Using a Key ............................................. 135
Lockout Prevention System...................... 135 Low Battery Charge.................................. 519 Low Fuel Indicator ...................................... 76 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 73, 519 Lower Anchors ...................................... 61, 64 Lubricant Specifications Chart ................. 537 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit).............. 325 Lumbar Support........................................ 175
M Maintenance ............................................. 439
Battery..................................................... 478 Brake Fluid............................................... 458 Cleaning.................................................. 485 Climate Control System ........................... 484 Coolant ................................................... 455 Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 443 Oil ........................................................... 451 Precautions.............................................. 440 Radiator................................................... 456 Remote Control ....................................... 482 Remote Transmitter ......................... 480, 481
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 459 Safety...................................................... 441 Service Items ........................................... 445 Tires ........................................................ 469 Transmission Fluid ................................... 457 Under the Hood ...................................... 447 Wireless Headphone................................ 483
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 73, 520 Map Lights ................................................ 187 Maximum Load Limit ............................... 325 Meters, Gauges......................................... 110 MID (Multi-information Display) ............. 111 Mirrors ...................................................... 172
Adjusting ................................................ 172 Door ....................................................... 173 Exterior ................................................... 173 Interior Rearview ..................................... 172
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 438 Moonroof ................................................. 154 MP3 ................................................... 238, 248 Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls................................................... 111
Multi-Information Display (MID) ............. 111 Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 434
N Numbers (Identification).......................... 538
O Odometer ................................................. 112 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 338 Oil (Engine) .............................................. 450
Adding ................................................... 452 Checking ................................................ 451 Displaying Oil Life ................................... 443 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 73, 519 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 450 Viscosity.................................................. 450
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM............. 219 Opening/Closing
Hood ...................................................... 448 Moonroof ............................................... 154 Power Windows...................................... 152 Tailgate................................................... 142
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel....................................... 155
Outside Temperature Display ................. 113 Overheating ............................................. 517
P Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) ......... 354 Pandora .................................................. 246 Panic Mode............................................... 151 Parking ..................................................... 425 Parking Brake ........................................... 412 Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator ........................................... 72, 521
Parking Sensor System ............................. 426
In d
ex
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 553
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator................. 54 Passing Indicators..................................... 159 Power Tailgate ......................................... 144 Power Windows ....................................... 152 Precautions While Driving ....................... 345
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle.................................................. 345
Rain ........................................................ 345 Pregnant Women....................................... 39 Puncture (Tire) ................................. 493, 500
R Radiator .................................................... 456 Radio (AM/FM) ......................................... 231 Radio (SiriusXM) ..................................... 235 Radio Data System (RDS) ......................... 233 Range........................................................ 114 RDS (Radio Data System) ......................... 233 Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ...... 541 Rear Climate Control System................... 208
From the Front Panel............................... 208 From the Rear Panel................................ 211
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button ..................................................... 168
Rear Seats ................................................. 182 Second Row Seat ............................ 182, 183 Third Row Seat ....................................... 184
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 172 Refueling .................................................. 435
Fuel Gauge ............................................. 110
Gasoline .......................................... 435, 536 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 76
Regulations ............................... 410, 472, 539 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback ................................................. 342 Checking Door Lock Status ...................... 136
Remote Transmitter ................................. 131 Replacement
Battery ............................ 480, 481, 482, 483 Bulbs ....................................................... 459 Front Wiper Blade Rubber........................ 465 Fuses ............................... 523, 526, 528, 529 Rear Wiper Blade Rubber ......................... 467 Tires ........................................................ 475
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 540 Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 113 Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 173 Right Selector Wheel........................ 111, 117 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).......... 389
On and Off .............................................. 391
S Safe Driving ................................................ 27 Safety Check ............................................... 32 Safety Labels ............................................... 69 Safety Message ............................................. 1 Seat Belts..................................................... 33
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 37 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 35 Checking................................................... 40
Detachable Anchor.................................... 38 e-pretensioners ......................................... 35 Fastening .................................................. 36 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt.................................................. 63
Pregnant Women...................................... 39 Reminder .................................................. 34 Warning Indicator ............................... 34, 76
Seat Heaters...................................... 197, 198 Seat Ventilation........................................ 197 Seats .......................................................... 175
Adjusting ................................................ 175 Drivers Seat Lumbar Support .................. 175 Front Seats .............................................. 175 Rear Seats ............................................... 182 Seat Heaters.................................... 197, 198 Seat Ventilation....................................... 197 Second Row Seat ............................ 182, 183 Third Row Seat........................................ 184
Second Row Outer Seats Heaters ............ 198 Second Row Seat (Folding Down) ........... 183 Security System......................................... 149
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 80 Security System Alarm Indicator................. 81
Select Button ............................................ 347 Operation................................................ 349
Select Lever................................................. 18 Operation.................................................. 18
Selecting a Child Seat................................. 60 Sequential Mode ...................................... 353 Sequential Mode Operation.................... 354
553
554
In d
ex
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 554
Setting the Clock ...................................... 128 SH-AWD (Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM) .................................................... 407
SH-AWD Torque Distribution Monitor .. 115 Shift Button......................................... 18, 347 Shifting (Transmission) ....................... 18, 347 Shoulder Anchor......................................... 37 Side Airbags ................................................ 50 Side Curtain Airbags................................... 52 SiriusXM Radio ........................................ 235 Snow Tires ................................................. 477 Spare Tire .......................................... 493, 537 Spark Plugs................................................ 536 Specifications ............................................ 536 Specified Fuel.................................... 435, 536 Speedometer............................................. 110 Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator ............................................ 79, 521
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................. 44 Starting Assist Brake Function ................. 358 Starting the Engine .................................. 340
Does Not Start ......................................... 512 Jump Starting .......................................... 515 Remote Engine Start ................................ 342
Steering Wheel ......................................... 171 Adjusting................................................. 171 Heater ..................................................... 196
Stopping.................................................... 425 Summer Tires ............................................ 477 Sunglasses Holder ..................................... 196
Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) .............................................. 407 Indicator.................................................... 82
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 44 Switches (Around the Steering Wheel)............................................. 4, 5, 155
Synchronized Mode ................................. 204 System Message Indicator.......................... 81
T Tachometer............................................... 110 Tailgate ..................................................... 142
Unable to Open....................................... 533 Temperature
Gauge..................................................... 110 Outside Temperature Display................... 113
Temperature Gauge................................. 110 Temperature Sensor ......................... 113, 212 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 501 Third Row Seat (Folding Down) .............. 184 Third Row Seat Access.............................. 182 Tie-down Anchors .................................... 195 Time (Setting) ........................................... 128 Tire Fill Assist .................................... 408, 522 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ..................................................... 408 Indicator............................................ 79, 522 Tire Fill Assist................................... 408, 522
Tire Repair Kit........................................... 500
Tires .......................................................... 469 Air Pressure..................................... 470, 537 Checking and Maintaining ...................... 469 Inspection ............................................... 469 Labeling.................................................. 470 Puncture (Flat Tire) .......................... 493, 500 Regulations............................................. 472 Rotation.................................................. 476 Spare Tire ....................................... 493, 537 Summer.................................................. 477 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ........................ 501 Tire Chains.............................................. 477 Tire Repair Kit ......................................... 500 Wear Indicators....................................... 474 Winter .................................................... 477
Tools ......................................................... 492 Towing a Trailer ....................................... 327
Equipment and Accessories..................... 331 Load Limits ............................................. 327
Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 337 Emergency.............................................. 531
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System).................................................... 408 Indicator ........................................... 79, 522
Trailer Stability Assist............................... 335 Transmission ....................................... 18, 347
Automatic......................................... 18, 347 Fluid ....................................................... 457 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 74, 349 Number .................................................. 538 Sequential Mode..................................... 353
In d
ex
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 555
TRIP Button .............................................. 112 Trip Meter ................................................ 113 Troubleshooting ...................................... 491
Blown Fuse ..................... 523, 526, 528, 529 Brake Pedal Vibrates ................................. 23 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door ......... 24 Emergency Towing ................................. 531 Engine Wont Start ................................. 512 Noise When Braking ................................. 25 Overheating............................................ 517 Puncture/Flat Tire ............................ 493, 500 Rear Door Wont Open ..................... 23, 140 Warning Indicators.................................... 72
Turn Signals .............................................. 158 Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 79
Turn-by-Turn Directions .......................... 115 Two-way Keyless Access Remote ............ 129
U Under-floor Storage Area ....................... 190 Unlocking the Doors ................................ 131 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside................................................. 13, 138
USB Flash Drives ....................................... 262 USB Port.................................................... 215
V Vanity Mirrors .............................................. 7 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 538
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) .................. 402 Off Button............................................... 403 Off Indicator .............................................. 78 System Indicator ................................ 78, 402
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 450, 537 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) .................. 402
W Warning and Information Messages ......... 92 Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 519 Warning Labels ........................................... 69 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately)............................................... 543
Watts ......................................................... 536 Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 474 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 497 Window Washers...................................... 163
Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 458 Switch ..................................................... 163
Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 152 Windshield ................................................ 163
Cleaning.................................................. 488 Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 207 Washer Fluid ........................................... 458 Wiper Blades ........................................... 465 Wipers and Washers ................................ 163
Winter Tires .............................................. 477 Snow Tires............................................... 477 Tire Chains .............................................. 477
Wipers and Washers................................. 163 Automatic Intermittent Wipers ................ 164 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 465 Front ....................................................... 163 Rear ........................................................ 165
WMA ................................................. 238, 248 Worn Tires ................................................ 469
555
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 556
Related manuals for Acura MDX 2016 SUV Owner's Manual
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the MDX Acura works, you can view and download the Acura MDX 2016 SUV Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Acura MDX as well as other Acura manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Acura MDX. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Acura MDX 2016 SUV Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Acura MDX 2016 SUV Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Acura MDX 2016 SUV Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Acura MDX 2016 SUV Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Acura MDX 2016 SUV Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.